|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
17 /*
|
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
|
19 */
|
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
|
12
|
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
|
523
|
34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13
|
|
477
|
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14
|
|
|
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
|
|
7
|
37
|
|
|
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
|
41 {
|
|
|
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
|
477
|
43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^P^S^U^V^Y)"),
|
|
449
|
44 NULL,
|
|
7
|
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
|
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
|
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
|
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
|
50 NULL,
|
|
|
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
|
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
|
12
|
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
|
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
|
523
|
55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"),
|
|
477
|
56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (^S^N^P)"),
|
|
449
|
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
7
|
58 };
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
62 /*
|
|
|
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
|
64 */
|
|
464
|
65 typedef struct Completion compl_T;
|
|
7
|
66 struct Completion
|
|
|
67 {
|
|
464
|
68 compl_T *cp_next;
|
|
|
69 compl_T *cp_prev;
|
|
|
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */
|
|
|
71 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match */
|
|
|
72 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
|
73 int cp_number; /* sequence number */
|
|
7
|
74 };
|
|
|
75
|
|
464
|
76 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
|
7
|
77 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
79 /*
|
|
|
80 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
|
449
|
81 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
|
82 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
|
83 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
|
|
|
84 * ins_compl_get_exp().
|
|
7
|
85 */
|
|
464
|
86 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL;
|
|
|
87 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
88 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL;
|
|
449
|
89
|
|
|
90 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
|
|
|
91 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
|
|
|
92 static int compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
93
|
|
464
|
94 static int compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
95 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
96 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
97 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
98 static int compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
|
99 static pos_T compl_startpos;
|
|
|
100 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
|
101 * that is being completed */
|
|
|
102 static int save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
103 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
|
|
|
104 * completion started */
|
|
|
105 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
|
106 static expand_T compl_xp;
|
|
449
|
107
|
|
|
108 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
109 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
|
|
7
|
110 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int dir));
|
|
|
111 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
112 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
113 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
114 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
115 static void ins_compl_show_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
7
|
116 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int dir, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
|
|
117 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
118 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
119 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
120 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
|
|
121 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini, int dir));
|
|
|
122 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
123 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
|
610
|
124 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count));
|
|
|
125 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
126 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
127 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
128 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
|
129 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
131 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
|
132 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
|
133 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
|
134 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
136 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
137 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
138 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
139 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
|
|
140 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
141 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
142 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
|
221
|
143 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
144 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
484
|
145 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void));
|
|
497
|
146 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */
|
|
221
|
147 #endif
|
|
7
|
148 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
|
149 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
150 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
151 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
152 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
|
153 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
154 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
155 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
|
156 #endif
|
|
|
157 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
158 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
159 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
160 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
161 #endif
|
|
|
162 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
163 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
|
449
|
164 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
|
|
477
|
165 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
|
|
7
|
166 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
167 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
168 #endif
|
|
|
169 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
170 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
171 #endif
|
|
449
|
172 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
|
|
|
173 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
|
|
7
|
174 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
|
175 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
176 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
|
177 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
178 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
179 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
|
180 #endif
|
|
|
181 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
182 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
183 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
184 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
185 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
186 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
187 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
188 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
189 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
190 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
191 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
192 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
193 #endif
|
|
|
194 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
195 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
196 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
197 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
198 #endif
|
|
|
199 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
449
|
200 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
|
|
7
|
201 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
202 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
203 #endif
|
|
|
204 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
206 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
|
207 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
209 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
|
210 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
|
211 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
|
212 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
|
603
|
213 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */
|
|
7
|
214
|
|
|
215 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
216 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
|
217 #endif
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
219 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
220
|
|
|
221 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
298
|
222 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
|
223 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
|
224 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
|
225 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
|
7
|
226 #endif
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
228 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
|
229 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
|
230 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
232 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
|
233 under the cursor */
|
|
|
234
|
|
|
235 /*
|
|
|
236 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
|
237 *
|
|
|
238 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
|
239 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
|
240 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
|
241 * 'R' replace command
|
|
|
242 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
|
243 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
|
244 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
|
245 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
246 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
247 *
|
|
|
248 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
|
249 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
|
250 *
|
|
|
251 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
|
252 */
|
|
|
253 int
|
|
|
254 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
|
255 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
256 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
|
257 long count;
|
|
|
258 {
|
|
|
259 int c = 0;
|
|
|
260 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
261 int lastc;
|
|
|
262 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
263 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
264 int i;
|
|
|
265 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
|
266 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
267 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
|
268 #endif
|
|
|
269 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
|
270 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
271 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
|
272 #endif
|
|
|
273 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
|
274 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
|
477
|
275 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */
|
|
7
|
276
|
|
603
|
277 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */
|
|
|
278 did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
|
279
|
|
7
|
280 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
|
281 * error message */
|
|
|
282 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
|
283
|
|
|
284 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
|
285 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
|
286 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
|
287 {
|
|
|
288 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
|
289 return FALSE;
|
|
|
290 }
|
|
|
291 #endif
|
|
632
|
292 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The
|
|
|
293 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */
|
|
634
|
294 if (textlock != 0)
|
|
632
|
295 {
|
|
|
296 EMSG(_(e_secure));
|
|
|
297 return FALSE;
|
|
|
298 }
|
|
7
|
299
|
|
|
300 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
301 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
302 #endif
|
|
|
303
|
|
11
|
304 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
305 /*
|
|
|
306 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
|
307 */
|
|
|
308 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
309 {
|
|
532
|
310 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
11
|
311 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
312 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
|
313 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
|
314 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
|
315 else
|
|
|
316 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
|
317 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
|
532
|
318 # endif
|
|
11
|
319 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
320 }
|
|
|
321 #endif
|
|
|
322
|
|
7
|
323 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
324 /*
|
|
|
325 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
|
326 * where the paste started.
|
|
|
327 */
|
|
|
328 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
329 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
|
330 else
|
|
|
331 #endif
|
|
|
332 {
|
|
|
333 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
334 if (startln)
|
|
|
335 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
336 }
|
|
|
337 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
338 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
339 if (!did_ai)
|
|
|
340 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
342 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
343 {
|
|
|
344 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
345 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
|
346 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
347 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
348 {
|
|
|
349 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
|
350 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
|
351 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
|
352 }
|
|
|
353 else
|
|
|
354 #endif
|
|
|
355 {
|
|
|
356 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
|
357 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
|
358 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
|
359 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
|
360 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
|
361 }
|
|
|
362 }
|
|
|
363
|
|
|
364 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
365 {
|
|
|
366 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
367 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
368 {
|
|
|
369 beep_flush();
|
|
|
370 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
371 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
372 }
|
|
|
373 else
|
|
|
374 #endif
|
|
|
375 State = REPLACE;
|
|
|
376 }
|
|
|
377 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
378 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
379 {
|
|
|
380 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
381 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
382 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
383 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
384 }
|
|
|
385 #endif
|
|
|
386 else
|
|
|
387 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
389 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
391 /*
|
|
|
392 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
|
393 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
|
394 */
|
|
|
395 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
|
396
|
|
|
397 /*
|
|
|
398 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
|
399 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
|
400 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
|
401 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
|
402 */
|
|
|
403 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
|
404 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
405 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
406 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
|
407 #endif
|
|
|
408
|
|
|
409 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
410 setmouse();
|
|
|
411 #endif
|
|
|
412 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
413 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
414 #endif
|
|
|
415 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
416 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
|
417 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
418 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
419 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
420 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
421 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
422 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
423 #endif
|
|
|
424
|
|
|
425 /*
|
|
|
426 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
|
427 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
|
428 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
|
429 */
|
|
|
430 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
|
431 {
|
|
|
432 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
433 /*
|
|
|
434 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
|
435 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
|
436 */
|
|
|
437 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
|
438 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
439 else
|
|
|
440 #endif
|
|
|
441 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
442 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
444 /*
|
|
|
445 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
|
446 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
|
447 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
|
448 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
|
449 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
|
450 */
|
|
|
451 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
452 update_curswant();
|
|
230
|
453 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
|
7
|
454 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
455 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
|
456 {
|
|
|
457 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
458 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
459 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
460 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
461 {
|
|
474
|
462 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
463 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
464 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
|
465 }
|
|
|
466 #endif
|
|
|
467 }
|
|
230
|
468 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
469 }
|
|
|
470 else
|
|
|
471 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
472
|
|
|
473 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
|
474 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
|
475
|
|
|
476 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
|
477 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
478
|
|
|
479 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
480 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
481 #endif
|
|
|
482 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
483 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
484 #endif
|
|
|
485 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
486 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
|
487 * restarting. */
|
|
|
488 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
489 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
490 #endif
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
492 /*
|
|
|
493 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
|
494 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
|
495 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
|
496 */
|
|
|
497 i = 0;
|
|
|
498 if (p_smd)
|
|
|
499 i = showmode();
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
501 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
502 change_warning(i + 1);
|
|
|
503
|
|
|
504 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
505 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
506 #endif
|
|
|
507 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
508 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
509 #endif
|
|
|
510
|
|
603
|
511 /*
|
|
|
512 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
|
513 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
|
514 */
|
|
7
|
515 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
|
516 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
517 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
518 else
|
|
|
519 {
|
|
|
520 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
521 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
522 }
|
|
|
523
|
|
|
524 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
526 /*
|
|
|
527 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
|
528 */
|
|
|
529 for (;;)
|
|
|
530 {
|
|
|
531 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
532 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
|
533 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
|
534 else
|
|
|
535 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
536 #endif
|
|
|
537 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
|
538 count = 0;
|
|
|
539
|
|
|
540 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
541 {
|
|
|
542 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
|
543 count = 0;
|
|
|
544 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
545 }
|
|
|
546
|
|
|
547 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
|
548 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
549 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
550
|
|
|
551 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
|
552 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
|
553 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
|
554 {
|
|
|
555 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
|
556 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
|
557 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
|
558 }
|
|
|
559
|
|
|
560 /*
|
|
|
561 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
|
562 */
|
|
|
563 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
|
564
|
|
|
565 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
566 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
|
567 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
|
568 * autocommand. */
|
|
|
569 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
|
570 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
|
571 #endif
|
|
|
572
|
|
|
573 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
574 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
|
575 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
|
576 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
577 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
|
578 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
579 foldCheckClose();
|
|
|
580 #endif
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
582 /*
|
|
|
583 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
|
584 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
|
585 * redraw.
|
|
|
586 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
|
587 * something.
|
|
|
588 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
|
589 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
|
590 */
|
|
|
591 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
|
592 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
593 && !did_backspace
|
|
|
594 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
|
595 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
596 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
|
597 #endif
|
|
|
598 )
|
|
|
599 {
|
|
|
600 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
601 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
602
|
|
|
603 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
604 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
|
605 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
|
606 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
607 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
608 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
|
609 #endif
|
|
|
610 ))
|
|
|
611 {
|
|
|
612 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
613 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
|
614 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
615 else
|
|
|
616 #endif
|
|
|
617 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
618 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
|
619 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
|
620 else
|
|
|
621 #endif
|
|
|
622 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
|
623 }
|
|
|
624 }
|
|
|
625
|
|
|
626 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
|
627 update_topline();
|
|
|
628
|
|
|
629 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
630
|
|
|
631 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
|
632
|
|
|
633 /*
|
|
|
634 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
|
635 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
|
636 */
|
|
|
637 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
638
|
|
|
639 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
640 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
|
641 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
|
642 #endif
|
|
|
643
|
|
|
644 update_curswant();
|
|
|
645 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
646 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
647 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
648 #endif
|
|
|
649
|
|
|
650 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
651 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
652 #endif
|
|
|
653
|
|
|
654 /*
|
|
|
655 * Get a character for Insert mode.
|
|
|
656 */
|
|
|
657 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
|
658 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
659
|
|
|
660 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
661 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
662 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
663 #endif
|
|
|
664 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
665 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
666 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
667 #endif
|
|
|
668
|
|
|
669 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
540
|
670 /* When the popup menu is visible cursor keys change the selection. */
|
|
|
671 if (c == K_UP && pum_visible())
|
|
|
672 c = Ctrl_P;
|
|
|
673 if (c == K_DOWN && pum_visible())
|
|
|
674 c = Ctrl_N;
|
|
|
675
|
|
7
|
676 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
|
677 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
|
464
|
678 if (c != K_IGNORE)
|
|
540
|
679 {
|
|
|
680 if (ins_compl_prep(c))
|
|
|
681 continue;
|
|
|
682 }
|
|
7
|
683 #endif
|
|
|
684
|
|
477
|
685 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
|
|
|
686 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
|
|
|
687 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */
|
|
7
|
688 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
|
689 {
|
|
|
690 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
691 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
692 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
693 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
694 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
695 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
696 --allow_keys;
|
|
477
|
697 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
|
|
7
|
698 {
|
|
477
|
699 /* it's something else */
|
|
7
|
700 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
701 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
|
702 }
|
|
|
703 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
|
704 continue;
|
|
|
705 else
|
|
|
706 {
|
|
477
|
707 if (c == Ctrl_O)
|
|
|
708 {
|
|
|
709 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
710 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */
|
|
|
711 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
|
712 }
|
|
7
|
713 count = 0;
|
|
|
714 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
715 }
|
|
|
716 }
|
|
|
717
|
|
|
718 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
719 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
|
720 #endif
|
|
|
721
|
|
|
722 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
723 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
724 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
725 #endif
|
|
|
726 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
|
727 {
|
|
|
728 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
|
729 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
|
730 continue;
|
|
|
731 }
|
|
|
732
|
|
|
733 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
734 if (cindent_on()
|
|
|
735 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
736 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
737 # endif
|
|
|
738 )
|
|
|
739 {
|
|
|
740 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
|
741 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
|
742 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
|
743 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
|
744 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
|
745 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
|
746 goto force_cindent;
|
|
|
747 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
|
748 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
749 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
750 }
|
|
|
751 #endif
|
|
|
752
|
|
|
753 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
754 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
755 switch (c)
|
|
|
756 {
|
|
|
757 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
758 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
759 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
760 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
761 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
762 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
763 }
|
|
|
764 #endif
|
|
|
765
|
|
|
766 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
767 /*
|
|
|
768 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
|
769 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
|
770 * characters.
|
|
|
771 */
|
|
|
772 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
|
773 continue;
|
|
|
774 #endif
|
|
|
775
|
|
|
776 /*
|
|
|
777 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
|
778 */
|
|
|
779 switch (c)
|
|
|
780 {
|
|
449
|
781 case ESC: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
782 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
783 break;
|
|
|
784 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
785
|
|
449
|
786 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
787 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
788 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
789 {
|
|
|
790 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
791 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
|
792 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
|
793 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
794 }
|
|
|
795 #endif
|
|
|
796
|
|
|
797 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
798 do_intr:
|
|
|
799 #endif
|
|
|
800 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
|
801 * Insert mode */
|
|
|
802 if (goto_im())
|
|
|
803 {
|
|
|
804 if (got_int)
|
|
|
805 {
|
|
|
806 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
|
807 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
808 }
|
|
|
809 else
|
|
|
810 vim_beep();
|
|
|
811 break;
|
|
|
812 }
|
|
|
813 doESCkey:
|
|
|
814 /*
|
|
|
815 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
|
816 */
|
|
|
817 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
|
818 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
|
230
|
819 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
7
|
820 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
821
|
|
477
|
822 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
|
|
11
|
823 {
|
|
|
824 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
825 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
826 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
827 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
828 #endif
|
|
7
|
829 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
|
11
|
830 }
|
|
7
|
831 continue;
|
|
|
832
|
|
449
|
833 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
|
834 if (!p_im)
|
|
|
835 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
|
836 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
|
837 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
|
838 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
839
|
|
|
840 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
|
|
502
|
841 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
523
|
842 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
449
|
843 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
844 #endif
|
|
|
845 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
846 break;
|
|
|
847 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
848 count = 0;
|
|
|
849 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
850
|
|
464
|
851 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
|
852 case K_KINS:
|
|
|
853 ins_insert(replaceState);
|
|
|
854 break;
|
|
|
855
|
|
|
856 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
|
857 break;
|
|
|
858
|
|
449
|
859 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
860 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
|
|
|
861 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
|
862 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
863 #endif
|
|
|
864
|
|
|
865 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
|
866 case K_F1:
|
|
|
867 case K_XF1:
|
|
|
868 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
|
869 if (p_im)
|
|
|
870 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
|
871 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
872
|
|
|
873 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
874 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
|
|
|
875 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
876 i = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
877 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
878 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
|
879 break;
|
|
|
880 #endif
|
|
|
881
|
|
|
882 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
|
|
7
|
883 case NUL:
|
|
|
884 case Ctrl_A:
|
|
449
|
885 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
|
886 * error. */
|
|
7
|
887 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
|
888 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
|
889 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
|
890 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
891 break;
|
|
|
892
|
|
449
|
893 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
|
|
7
|
894 ins_reg();
|
|
|
895 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
896 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
897 break;
|
|
|
898
|
|
449
|
899 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
|
|
7
|
900 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
|
901 break;
|
|
|
902
|
|
449
|
903 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
|
|
|
904 ins_ctrl_hat();
|
|
7
|
905 break;
|
|
|
906
|
|
|
907 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
449
|
908 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
|
|
7
|
909 if (!p_ari)
|
|
|
910 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
911 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
|
912 break;
|
|
|
913 #endif
|
|
|
914
|
|
449
|
915 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
|
7
|
916 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
917 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
918 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
919 #endif
|
|
|
920 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
921
|
|
449
|
922 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
|
7
|
923 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
924 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
925 {
|
|
449
|
926 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
|
|
|
927 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
928 break;
|
|
7
|
929 }
|
|
|
930 # endif
|
|
|
931 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
|
932 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
933 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
934 break;
|
|
|
935
|
|
449
|
936 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
|
|
7
|
937 case K_KDEL:
|
|
|
938 ins_del();
|
|
|
939 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
940 break;
|
|
|
941
|
|
449
|
942 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
943 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
|
944 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
945 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
946 break;
|
|
|
947
|
|
449
|
948 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
949 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
950 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
951 break;
|
|
|
952
|
|
449
|
953 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
|
12
|
954 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
955 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
|
|
449
|
956 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
12
|
957 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
958 # endif
|
|
7
|
959 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
960 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
961 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
962 break;
|
|
|
963
|
|
|
964 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
449
|
965 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
|
|
7
|
966 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
|
967 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
|
968 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
|
969 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
|
970 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
|
971 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
|
972 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
|
973 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
|
974 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
|
975 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
|
976 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
|
977 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
|
978 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
|
979 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
|
980 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
|
981 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
|
982 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
|
983 break;
|
|
|
984
|
|
449
|
985 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
|
7
|
986 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
|
987 break;
|
|
|
988
|
|
449
|
989 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
|
7
|
990 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
991 break;
|
|
|
992 #endif
|
|
|
993
|
|
449
|
994 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
|
|
7
|
995 break;
|
|
|
996
|
|
625
|
997 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32
|
|
|
998 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was
|
|
|
999 * cancelled. */
|
|
|
1000 case K_F4:
|
|
|
1001 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
|
1002 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1003 break;
|
|
|
1004 #endif
|
|
|
1005
|
|
7
|
1006 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
1007 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1008 ins_scroll();
|
|
|
1009 break;
|
|
|
1010
|
|
|
1011 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1012 ins_horscroll();
|
|
|
1013 break;
|
|
|
1014 #endif
|
|
|
1015
|
|
449
|
1016 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
|
|
7
|
1017 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
1018 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
1019 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
|
1020 ins_home(c);
|
|
|
1021 break;
|
|
|
1022
|
|
449
|
1023 case K_END: /* <End> */
|
|
7
|
1024 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
1025 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
1026 case K_C_END:
|
|
|
1027 ins_end(c);
|
|
|
1028 break;
|
|
|
1029
|
|
449
|
1030 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
|
|
180
|
1031 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1032 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1033 else
|
|
|
1034 ins_left();
|
|
7
|
1035 break;
|
|
|
1036
|
|
449
|
1037 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
|
|
7
|
1038 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
|
1039 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1040 break;
|
|
|
1041
|
|
449
|
1042 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
|
|
180
|
1043 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1044 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1045 else
|
|
|
1046 ins_right();
|
|
7
|
1047 break;
|
|
|
1048
|
|
449
|
1049 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
|
|
7
|
1050 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1051 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1052 break;
|
|
|
1053
|
|
449
|
1054 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
|
|
180
|
1055 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1056 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1057 else
|
|
|
1058 ins_up(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1059 break;
|
|
|
1060
|
|
449
|
1061 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
|
|
7
|
1062 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
1063 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
613
|
1064 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1065 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1066 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1067 #endif
|
|
7
|
1068 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1069 break;
|
|
|
1070
|
|
449
|
1071 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
|
|
180
|
1072 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1073 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1074 else
|
|
|
1075 ins_down(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1076 break;
|
|
|
1077
|
|
449
|
1078 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
|
|
7
|
1079 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1080 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
613
|
1081 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1082 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1083 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1084 #endif
|
|
7
|
1085 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1086 break;
|
|
|
1087
|
|
|
1088 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
449
|
1089 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
|
|
7
|
1090 ins_drop();
|
|
|
1091 break;
|
|
|
1092 #endif
|
|
|
1093
|
|
449
|
1094 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
|
|
7
|
1095 c = TAB;
|
|
|
1096 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1097
|
|
449
|
1098 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
|
7
|
1099 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1100 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
1101 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1102 #endif
|
|
|
1103 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1104 if (ins_tab())
|
|
|
1105 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
|
1106 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1107 break;
|
|
|
1108
|
|
449
|
1109 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
|
|
7
|
1110 c = CAR;
|
|
|
1111 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1112 case CAR:
|
|
|
1113 case NL:
|
|
|
1114 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
|
1115 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
|
1116 * cursor. */
|
|
|
1117 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
|
1118 {
|
|
|
1119 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
|
1120 break;
|
|
|
1121 }
|
|
|
1122 #endif
|
|
|
1123 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
1124 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
1125 {
|
|
|
1126 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
1127 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
|
1128 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1129 }
|
|
|
1130 #endif
|
|
|
1131 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
|
1132 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
1133 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1134 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1135 break;
|
|
|
1136
|
|
|
1137 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
|
449
|
1138 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
|
|
7
|
1139 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1140 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
|
1141 {
|
|
449
|
1142 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
|
|
|
1143 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1144 break;
|
|
7
|
1145 }
|
|
|
1146 # endif
|
|
|
1147 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
1148 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
|
1149 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
1150 break;
|
|
|
1151 # endif
|
|
|
1152 goto normalchar;
|
|
449
|
1153 #endif
|
|
7
|
1154
|
|
|
1155 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
464
|
1156 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1157 ins_ctrl_x();
|
|
|
1158 break;
|
|
|
1159
|
|
449
|
1160 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1161 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
|
1162 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1163 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1164
|
|
449
|
1165 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1166 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
1167 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1168 goto docomplete;
|
|
477
|
1169
|
|
|
1170 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1171 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
1172 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
1173 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1174 goto docomplete;
|
|
7
|
1175 #endif
|
|
|
1176
|
|
449
|
1177 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1178 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1179 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
1180 #endif
|
|
|
1181 {
|
|
|
1182 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
|
1183 if (p_im)
|
|
|
1184 {
|
|
|
1185 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
1186 break;
|
|
|
1187 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1188 }
|
|
|
1189 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1190 }
|
|
|
1191 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1192 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1193
|
|
449
|
1194 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
|
7
|
1195 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
1196 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
|
1197 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
|
1198 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
|
1199 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
449
|
1200 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
|
7
|
1201 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1202
|
|
|
1203 docomplete:
|
|
|
1204 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
|
449
|
1205 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
1206 break;
|
|
|
1207 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1208
|
|
449
|
1209 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
|
1210 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
|
1211 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
|
|
7
|
1212 break;
|
|
|
1213
|
|
|
1214 default:
|
|
|
1215 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1216 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
|
1217 goto do_intr;
|
|
|
1218 #endif
|
|
|
1219
|
|
|
1220 /*
|
|
|
1221 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
|
1222 */
|
|
|
1223 normalchar:
|
|
|
1224 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1225 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
|
1226 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
|
1227 #endif
|
|
|
1228
|
|
|
1229 if (c == ' ')
|
|
|
1230 {
|
|
|
1231 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
1232 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1233 if (inindent(0))
|
|
|
1234 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
1235 #endif
|
|
|
1236 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
|
1237 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
1238 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
1239 }
|
|
|
1240
|
|
|
1241 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
|
1242 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1243 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
|
1244 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
|
1245 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
|
1246 #endif
|
|
|
1247 c))
|
|
|
1248 {
|
|
|
1249 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1250 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1251 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1252 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1253 #endif
|
|
|
1254 }
|
|
|
1255
|
|
|
1256 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1257
|
|
|
1258 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1259 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
|
1260 * closed fold. */
|
|
|
1261 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
1262 #endif
|
|
|
1263 break;
|
|
|
1264 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
|
1265
|
|
|
1266 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
|
1267 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
1268 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1269
|
|
|
1270 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1271 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
|
1272 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1273 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
1274 # endif
|
|
|
1275 )
|
|
|
1276 {
|
|
|
1277 force_cindent:
|
|
|
1278 /*
|
|
|
1279 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
1280 */
|
|
|
1281 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
|
1282 {
|
|
|
1283 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
1284 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
1285 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1286 }
|
|
|
1287 }
|
|
|
1288 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
1289
|
|
|
1290 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
|
1291 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
|
1292 }
|
|
|
1293
|
|
|
1294 /*
|
|
|
1295 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
|
1296 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
|
1297 * option work correctly.
|
|
|
1298 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
|
1299 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
|
1300 */
|
|
|
1301 static void
|
|
|
1302 ins_redraw()
|
|
|
1303 {
|
|
|
1304 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
1305 {
|
|
|
1306 if (must_redraw)
|
|
|
1307 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1308 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
|
1309 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
|
1310 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
|
1311 setcursor();
|
|
|
1312 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
|
1313 }
|
|
|
1314 }
|
|
|
1315
|
|
|
1316 /*
|
|
|
1317 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1318 */
|
|
|
1319 static void
|
|
|
1320 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
|
1321 {
|
|
|
1322 int c;
|
|
|
1323
|
|
|
1324 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
1325 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
1326
|
|
|
1327 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
1328 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
|
1329 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1330
|
|
|
1331 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1332 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
|
1333 #endif
|
|
|
1334
|
|
|
1335 c = get_literal();
|
|
|
1336 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1337 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
1338 #endif
|
|
|
1339 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1340 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1341 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1342 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1343 #endif
|
|
|
1344 }
|
|
|
1345
|
|
|
1346 /*
|
|
|
1347 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
|
1348 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1349 */
|
|
|
1350 static int pc_status;
|
|
|
1351 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
|
1352 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1353 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1354 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
|
1355 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1356 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1357 #else
|
|
|
1358 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1359 #endif
|
|
|
1360 static int pc_attr;
|
|
|
1361 static int pc_row;
|
|
|
1362 static int pc_col;
|
|
|
1363
|
|
|
1364 void
|
|
|
1365 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
|
1366 int c;
|
|
|
1367 int highlight;
|
|
|
1368 {
|
|
|
1369 int attr;
|
|
|
1370
|
|
|
1371 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
|
1372 {
|
|
|
1373 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
|
1374 validate_cursor();
|
|
|
1375 if (highlight)
|
|
|
1376 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
|
1377 else
|
|
|
1378 attr = 0;
|
|
|
1379 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
|
1380 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
|
1381 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1382 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
1383 #endif
|
|
|
1384 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1385 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
1386 {
|
|
|
1387 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1388 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1389 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1390 {
|
|
|
1391 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
|
1392
|
|
|
1393 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
|
1394 {
|
|
|
1395 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
|
1396 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1397 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1398 }
|
|
|
1399 }
|
|
|
1400 # endif
|
|
|
1401 }
|
|
|
1402 else
|
|
|
1403 #endif
|
|
|
1404 {
|
|
|
1405 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1406 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1407 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
|
1408 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
|
1409 #endif
|
|
|
1410 }
|
|
|
1411
|
|
|
1412 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
|
1413 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1414 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
|
1415 #endif
|
|
|
1416 {
|
|
|
1417 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
|
1418 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
|
1419 }
|
|
|
1420 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
|
1421 }
|
|
|
1422 }
|
|
|
1423
|
|
|
1424 /*
|
|
|
1425 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
|
1426 */
|
|
|
1427 void
|
|
|
1428 edit_unputchar()
|
|
|
1429 {
|
|
|
1430 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
|
1431 {
|
|
|
1432 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1433 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
|
1434 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1435 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
|
1436 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1437 else
|
|
|
1438 #endif
|
|
|
1439 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
|
1440 }
|
|
|
1441 }
|
|
|
1442
|
|
|
1443 /*
|
|
|
1444 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
|
1445 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
|
1446 */
|
|
|
1447 void
|
|
|
1448 display_dollar(col)
|
|
|
1449 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1450 {
|
|
|
1451 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
|
1452
|
|
|
1453 if (!redrawing())
|
|
|
1454 return;
|
|
|
1455
|
|
|
1456 cursor_off();
|
|
|
1457 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1458 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
1459 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1460 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1461 {
|
|
|
1462 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1463
|
|
|
1464 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
|
1465 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1466 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
|
1467 }
|
|
|
1468 #endif
|
|
|
1469 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
|
1470 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
|
1471 {
|
|
|
1472 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
|
1473 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
1474 }
|
|
|
1475 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
|
1476 }
|
|
|
1477
|
|
|
1478 /*
|
|
|
1479 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
|
1480 * in insert mode.
|
|
|
1481 */
|
|
|
1482 static void
|
|
|
1483 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
|
1484 {
|
|
|
1485 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
1486 {
|
|
|
1487 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1488 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1489 }
|
|
|
1490 }
|
|
|
1491
|
|
|
1492 /*
|
|
|
1493 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
|
1494 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
|
1495 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
|
1496 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
|
1497 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
|
1498 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
|
1499 */
|
|
|
1500 void
|
|
|
1501 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
|
|
|
1502 int type;
|
|
|
1503 int amount;
|
|
|
1504 int round;
|
|
|
1505 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
|
1506 {
|
|
|
1507 int vcol;
|
|
|
1508 int last_vcol;
|
|
|
1509 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
|
1510 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1511 int i;
|
|
|
1512 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1513 int save_p_list;
|
|
|
1514 int start_col;
|
|
|
1515 colnr_T vc;
|
|
|
1516 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1517 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1518 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1519
|
|
|
1520 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
|
1521 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1522 {
|
|
|
1523 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
|
1524 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1525 }
|
|
|
1526 #endif
|
|
|
1527
|
|
|
1528 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
|
1529 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1530 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1531 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
1532 vcol = vc;
|
|
|
1533
|
|
|
1534 /*
|
|
|
1535 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
|
1536 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
|
1537 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
|
1538 */
|
|
|
1539 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1540
|
|
|
1541 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
|
1542 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1543 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
1544 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1545
|
|
|
1546 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1547
|
|
|
1548 /*
|
|
|
1549 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
|
1550 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1551 */
|
|
|
1552 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
|
1553 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1554
|
|
|
1555 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
|
1556 start_col = -1;
|
|
|
1557
|
|
|
1558 /*
|
|
|
1559 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1560 */
|
|
|
1561 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
|
1562 (void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
1563 else
|
|
|
1564 {
|
|
|
1565 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1566 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
1567
|
|
|
1568 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
|
1569 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1570 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1571 #endif
|
|
|
1572 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
|
|
|
1573 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1574 State = save_State;
|
|
|
1575 #endif
|
|
|
1576 }
|
|
|
1577 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1578
|
|
|
1579 /*
|
|
|
1580 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
|
1581 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
|
1582 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
|
1583 * non-blank character.
|
|
|
1584 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1585 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
|
1586 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
|
1587 */
|
|
|
1588 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1589 {
|
|
|
1590 /*
|
|
|
1591 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
|
1592 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1593 */
|
|
|
1594 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
|
1595 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1596 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1597 }
|
|
|
1598 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1599 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1600 else
|
|
|
1601 {
|
|
|
1602 /*
|
|
|
1603 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
|
1604 */
|
|
|
1605 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1606 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
|
1607
|
|
|
1608 /*
|
|
|
1609 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
|
1610 */
|
|
|
1611 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1612 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
|
1613 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1614 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1615 {
|
|
|
1616 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
|
1617 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1618 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
474
|
1619 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
|
7
|
1620 else
|
|
|
1621 #endif
|
|
|
1622 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1623 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
|
1624 }
|
|
|
1625 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
|
1626
|
|
|
1627 /*
|
|
|
1628 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
|
1629 * the right screen column.
|
|
|
1630 */
|
|
|
1631 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1632 {
|
|
|
1633 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1634 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
|
1635 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
|
1636 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
1637 {
|
|
|
1638 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
|
1639 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
1640 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
|
1641 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
1642 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
|
1643 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
1644 }
|
|
|
1645 }
|
|
|
1646
|
|
|
1647 /*
|
|
|
1648 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
|
1649 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1650 */
|
|
|
1651 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1652 }
|
|
|
1653
|
|
|
1654 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
|
1655
|
|
|
1656 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
|
1657 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1658 else
|
|
|
1659 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1660 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
1661 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
1662
|
|
|
1663 /*
|
|
|
1664 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
|
1665 */
|
|
|
1666 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
1667 {
|
|
|
1668 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
|
1669 {
|
|
|
1670 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1671 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
1672 else
|
|
|
1673 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1674 }
|
|
|
1675 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1676 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
1677 else
|
|
|
1678 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1679 }
|
|
|
1680
|
|
|
1681 /*
|
|
|
1682 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
|
1683 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
|
1684 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
|
1685 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
|
1686 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
|
1687 */
|
|
|
1688 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1689 {
|
|
|
1690 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
1691 {
|
|
|
1692 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1693 --start_col;
|
|
|
1694 }
|
|
|
1695 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
|
1696 {
|
|
|
1697 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1698 if (replaced)
|
|
|
1699 {
|
|
|
1700 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
|
1701 replaced = NUL;
|
|
|
1702 }
|
|
|
1703 ++start_col;
|
|
|
1704 }
|
|
|
1705 }
|
|
|
1706
|
|
|
1707 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1708 /*
|
|
|
1709 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
|
1710 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
|
1711 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
|
1712 */
|
|
|
1713 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1714 {
|
|
|
1715 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
|
1716 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
|
1717 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1718 return;
|
|
|
1719
|
|
|
1720 /* Save new line */
|
|
|
1721 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1722 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1723 return;
|
|
|
1724
|
|
|
1725 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
|
1726 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1727
|
|
|
1728 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1729 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1730 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
1731
|
|
|
1732 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
|
1733 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
|
1734
|
|
|
1735 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1736 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
|
1737
|
|
|
1738 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
|
1739 }
|
|
|
1740 #endif
|
|
|
1741 }
|
|
|
1742
|
|
|
1743 /*
|
|
|
1744 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
|
1745 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1746 * modes.
|
|
|
1747 */
|
|
|
1748 void
|
|
|
1749 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
|
1750 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1751 {
|
|
|
1752 int i;
|
|
|
1753
|
|
|
1754 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
|
1755 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
|
1756 {
|
|
|
1757 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1758 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1759 }
|
|
|
1760 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1761 }
|
|
|
1762
|
|
|
1763 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1764 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1765 /*
|
|
|
1766 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1767 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
|
1768 */
|
|
|
1769 void
|
|
|
1770 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
|
1771 int col;
|
|
|
1772 {
|
|
|
1773 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
|
1774 {
|
|
|
1775 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
1776 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1777 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
1778 else
|
|
|
1779 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
1780 }
|
|
|
1781 }
|
|
|
1782 #endif
|
|
|
1783
|
|
|
1784 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1785 /*
|
|
449
|
1786 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1787 */
|
|
|
1788 static void
|
|
|
1789 ins_ctrl_x()
|
|
|
1790 {
|
|
|
1791 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
|
1792 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
|
1793 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
1794 {
|
|
|
1795 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
|
1796 * compl_cont_status */
|
|
|
1797 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
|
1798 compl_cont_status = (compl_cont_status | CONT_INTRPT);
|
|
|
1799 else
|
|
|
1800 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
1801 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
|
1802 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
1803 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
1804 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
1805 showmode();
|
|
|
1806 }
|
|
|
1807 }
|
|
|
1808
|
|
|
1809 /*
|
|
|
1810 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
|
|
|
1811 */
|
|
|
1812 static int
|
|
|
1813 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
|
|
|
1814 int dict_opt;
|
|
|
1815 {
|
|
|
1816 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL)
|
|
|
1817 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
|
|
|
1818 {
|
|
|
1819 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1820 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
1821 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
|
|
|
1822 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
|
1823 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
1824 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
1825 {
|
|
|
1826 vim_beep();
|
|
|
1827 setcursor();
|
|
|
1828 out_flush();
|
|
|
1829 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
1830 }
|
|
|
1831 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1832 }
|
|
|
1833 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1834 }
|
|
|
1835
|
|
|
1836 /*
|
|
7
|
1837 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
|
1838 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
|
1839 */
|
|
|
1840 int
|
|
|
1841 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
|
1842 int c;
|
|
|
1843 {
|
|
|
1844 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
|
1845 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
1846 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1847
|
|
610
|
1848 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */
|
|
|
1849 if (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP
|
|
|
1850 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN))
|
|
|
1851 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1852
|
|
7
|
1853 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
1854 {
|
|
|
1855 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1856 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
1857 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
|
449
|
1858 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
|
7
|
1859 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
|
1860 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
|
1861 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
|
477
|
1862 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
|
|
|
1863 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
|
|
7
|
1864 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
|
1865 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
|
1866 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
1867 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1868 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
1869 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1870 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
1871 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1872 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
1873 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1874 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
1875 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1876 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
1877 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
1878 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1879 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
1880 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1881 #endif
|
|
|
1882 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
1883 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
|
1884 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
12
|
1885 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1886 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
449
|
1887 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
523
|
1888 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
449
|
1889 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
502
|
1890 #endif
|
|
477
|
1891 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
1892 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
7
|
1893 }
|
|
|
1894 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
|
1895 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1896 }
|
|
|
1897
|
|
|
1898 /*
|
|
|
1899 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if ic and inf are set, then the
|
|
|
1900 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
|
1901 * text is infered, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
|
1902 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
|
449
|
1903 * TODO: make this work for multi-byte characters.
|
|
7
|
1904 */
|
|
|
1905 int
|
|
464
|
1906 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, fname, dir, flags)
|
|
7
|
1907 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1908 int len;
|
|
|
1909 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1910 int dir;
|
|
464
|
1911 int flags;
|
|
7
|
1912 {
|
|
|
1913 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
|
1914 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
|
1915 int idx;
|
|
|
1916
|
|
|
1917 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len < IOSIZE)
|
|
|
1918 {
|
|
|
1919 /* Infer case of completed part -- webb */
|
|
|
1920 /* Use IObuff, str would change text in buffer! */
|
|
419
|
1921 vim_strncpy(IObuff, str, len);
|
|
7
|
1922
|
|
|
1923 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
|
449
|
1924 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
|
1925 {
|
|
|
1926 if (islower(compl_orig_text[idx]))
|
|
7
|
1927 {
|
|
|
1928 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
|
1929 if (isupper(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1930 {
|
|
|
1931 /* Rule 1 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
1932 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1933 IObuff[idx] = TOLOWER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1934 break;
|
|
|
1935 }
|
|
|
1936 }
|
|
|
1937 }
|
|
|
1938
|
|
|
1939 /*
|
|
|
1940 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
|
1941 * upper case.
|
|
|
1942 */
|
|
|
1943 if (!has_lower)
|
|
|
1944 {
|
|
449
|
1945 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1946 {
|
|
449
|
1947 if (was_letter && isupper(compl_orig_text[idx])
|
|
7
|
1948 && islower(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1949 {
|
|
|
1950 /* Rule 2 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
1951 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1952 IObuff[idx] = TOUPPER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1953 break;
|
|
|
1954 }
|
|
449
|
1955 was_letter = isalpha(compl_orig_text[idx]);
|
|
7
|
1956 }
|
|
|
1957 }
|
|
|
1958
|
|
|
1959 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed */
|
|
449
|
1960 STRNCPY(IObuff, compl_orig_text, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
1961
|
|
464
|
1962 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, fname, dir, flags);
|
|
|
1963 }
|
|
|
1964 return ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, flags);
|
|
7
|
1965 }
|
|
|
1966
|
|
|
1967 /*
|
|
|
1968 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
|
1969 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
1970 * FAIL, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
464
|
1971 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then RET_ERROR is returned -- webb.
|
|
|
1972 *
|
|
|
1973 * New:
|
|
|
1974 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
1975 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
|
1976 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned -- webb.
|
|
7
|
1977 */
|
|
464
|
1978 int
|
|
|
1979 ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, flags)
|
|
7
|
1980 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1981 int len;
|
|
|
1982 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1983 int dir;
|
|
464
|
1984 int flags;
|
|
7
|
1985 {
|
|
464
|
1986 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
1987
|
|
|
1988 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
1989 if (got_int)
|
|
464
|
1990 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
1991 if (len < 0)
|
|
|
1992 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
1993
|
|
|
1994 /*
|
|
|
1995 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
|
1996 */
|
|
449
|
1997 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
|
1998 {
|
|
|
1999 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2000 do
|
|
|
2001 {
|
|
464
|
2002 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2003 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0
|
|
|
2004 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
|
|
|
2005 return NOTDONE;
|
|
|
2006 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
449
|
2007 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
2008 }
|
|
|
2009
|
|
540
|
2010 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */
|
|
|
2011 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2012
|
|
7
|
2013 /*
|
|
|
2014 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
|
2015 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
|
2016 */
|
|
464
|
2017 match = (compl_T *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
|
|
7
|
2018 if (match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2019 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2020 match->cp_number = -1;
|
|
|
2021 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2022 {
|
|
|
2023 match->cp_number = 0;
|
|
|
2024 match->cp_str = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2025 }
|
|
|
2026 else if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2027 {
|
|
|
2028 vim_free(match);
|
|
464
|
2029 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2030 }
|
|
|
2031 /* match-fname is:
|
|
464
|
2032 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
|
7
|
2033 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
|
2034 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
|
464
|
2035 if (fname && compl_curr_match && compl_curr_match->cp_fname
|
|
|
2036 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
|
|
|
2037 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
|
|
|
2038 else if (fname && (match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname)) != NULL)
|
|
|
2039 flags |= FREE_FNAME;
|
|
7
|
2040 else
|
|
464
|
2041 match->cp_fname = NULL;
|
|
|
2042 match->cp_flags = flags;
|
|
7
|
2043
|
|
|
2044 /*
|
|
|
2045 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
|
2046 */
|
|
449
|
2047 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2048 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2049 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
2050 {
|
|
464
|
2051 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2052 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
|
|
7
|
2053 }
|
|
|
2054 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
2055 {
|
|
464
|
2056 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
2057 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
2058 }
|
|
|
2059 if (match->cp_next)
|
|
|
2060 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
|
|
|
2061 if (match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
2062 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
|
|
7
|
2063 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
|
449
|
2064 compl_first_match = match;
|
|
|
2065 compl_curr_match = match;
|
|
7
|
2066
|
|
|
2067 return OK;
|
|
|
2068 }
|
|
|
2069
|
|
|
2070 /*
|
|
|
2071 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2072 * Frees matches[].
|
|
|
2073 */
|
|
|
2074 static void
|
|
|
2075 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir)
|
|
|
2076 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2077 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2078 int dir;
|
|
|
2079 {
|
|
|
2080 int i;
|
|
|
2081 int add_r = OK;
|
|
|
2082 int ldir = dir;
|
|
|
2083
|
|
464
|
2084 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
|
|
7
|
2085 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, NULL, ldir, 0)) == OK)
|
|
|
2086 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2087 ldir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
2088 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2089 }
|
|
|
2090
|
|
|
2091 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
|
2092 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
|
2093 */
|
|
|
2094 static int
|
|
|
2095 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
|
2096 {
|
|
464
|
2097 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2098 int count = 0;
|
|
|
2099
|
|
449
|
2100 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2101 {
|
|
|
2102 /*
|
|
|
2103 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
|
2104 */
|
|
449
|
2105 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2106 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
|
|
464
|
2107 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
2108 {
|
|
|
2109 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
7
|
2110 ++count;
|
|
|
2111 }
|
|
464
|
2112 match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2113 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
|
|
7
|
2114 }
|
|
|
2115 return count;
|
|
|
2116 }
|
|
|
2117
|
|
574
|
2118 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the
|
|
|
2119 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */
|
|
540
|
2120 static char_u **compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
|
2121 static int compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2122
|
|
|
2123 /*
|
|
|
2124 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu.
|
|
|
2125 */
|
|
|
2126 static void
|
|
|
2127 ins_compl_upd_pum()
|
|
|
2128 {
|
|
|
2129 int h;
|
|
|
2130
|
|
|
2131 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2132 {
|
|
|
2133 h = curwin->w_cline_height;
|
|
|
2134 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2135 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height)
|
|
|
2136 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2137 }
|
|
|
2138 }
|
|
|
2139
|
|
|
2140 /*
|
|
|
2141 * Remove any popup menu.
|
|
|
2142 */
|
|
|
2143 static void
|
|
|
2144 ins_compl_del_pum()
|
|
|
2145 {
|
|
|
2146 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2147 {
|
|
|
2148 pum_undisplay();
|
|
|
2149 vim_free(compl_match_array);
|
|
|
2150 compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
|
2151 }
|
|
|
2152 }
|
|
|
2153
|
|
|
2154 /*
|
|
|
2155 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed.
|
|
|
2156 */
|
|
|
2157 static int
|
|
|
2158 pum_wanted()
|
|
|
2159 {
|
|
|
2160 compl_T *compl;
|
|
|
2161 int i;
|
|
|
2162
|
|
|
2163 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" */
|
|
|
2164 if (*p_cot == NUL)
|
|
|
2165 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2166
|
|
|
2167 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */
|
|
|
2168 if (t_colors < 8
|
|
|
2169 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2170 && !gui.in_use
|
|
|
2171 #endif
|
|
|
2172 )
|
|
|
2173 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2174
|
|
|
2175 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only
|
|
|
2176 * one (ignoring the original text). */
|
|
|
2177 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2178 i = 0;
|
|
|
2179 do
|
|
|
2180 {
|
|
|
2181 if (compl == NULL
|
|
|
2182 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2))
|
|
|
2183 break;
|
|
|
2184 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2185 } while (compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2186
|
|
|
2187 return (i >= 2);
|
|
|
2188 }
|
|
|
2189
|
|
|
2190 /*
|
|
|
2191 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches.
|
|
|
2192 */
|
|
|
2193 static void
|
|
|
2194 ins_compl_show_pum()
|
|
|
2195 {
|
|
|
2196 compl_T *compl;
|
|
|
2197 int i;
|
|
|
2198 int cur = -1;
|
|
|
2199 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2200
|
|
|
2201 if (!pum_wanted())
|
|
|
2202 return;
|
|
|
2203
|
|
|
2204 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */
|
|
|
2205 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2206
|
|
|
2207 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
|
|
|
2208 {
|
|
|
2209 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */
|
|
|
2210 compl_match_arraysize = 0;
|
|
|
2211 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2212 do
|
|
|
2213 {
|
|
|
2214 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
|
2215 ++compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2216 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2217 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2218 compl_match_array = (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(char_u **)
|
|
|
2219 * compl_match_arraysize));
|
|
|
2220 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2221 {
|
|
|
2222 i = 0;
|
|
|
2223 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2224 do
|
|
|
2225 {
|
|
|
2226 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
|
2227 {
|
|
|
2228 if (compl == compl_shown_match)
|
|
|
2229 cur = i;
|
|
|
2230 compl_match_array[i++] = compl->cp_str;
|
|
|
2231 }
|
|
|
2232 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2233 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2234 }
|
|
|
2235 }
|
|
|
2236 else
|
|
|
2237 {
|
|
|
2238 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/
|
|
|
2239 i = 0;
|
|
|
2240 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2241 do
|
|
|
2242 {
|
|
|
2243 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
|
2244 {
|
|
|
2245 if (compl == compl_shown_match)
|
|
|
2246 {
|
|
|
2247 cur = i;
|
|
|
2248 break;
|
|
|
2249 }
|
|
|
2250 ++i;
|
|
|
2251 }
|
|
|
2252 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2253 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2254 }
|
|
|
2255
|
|
|
2256 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2257 {
|
|
|
2258 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text.
|
|
|
2259 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */
|
|
|
2260 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2261 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
2262 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
2263 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur,
|
|
|
2264 curwin->w_cline_row + W_WINROW(curwin),
|
|
|
2265 curwin->w_cline_height,
|
|
|
2266 curwin->w_wcol + W_WINCOL(curwin));
|
|
|
2267 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
2268 }
|
|
|
2269 }
|
|
|
2270
|
|
7
|
2271 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
|
2272 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
|
2273 /*
|
|
|
2274 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern to the list of
|
|
|
2275 * completions.
|
|
|
2276 */
|
|
|
2277 static void
|
|
|
2278 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict, pat, dir, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
|
2279 char_u *dict;
|
|
|
2280 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
2281 int dir;
|
|
|
2282 int flags;
|
|
|
2283 int thesaurus;
|
|
|
2284 {
|
|
|
2285 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2286 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2287 FILE *fp;
|
|
|
2288 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2289 int add_r;
|
|
|
2290 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2291 int count;
|
|
|
2292 int i;
|
|
|
2293 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2294
|
|
|
2295 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
|
2296 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
|
2297 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2298 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2299 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
|
2300 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
|
2301 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
|
2302 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
|
2303 while (buf != NULL && regmatch.regprog != NULL && *dict != NUL
|
|
449
|
2304 && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
|
|
7
|
2305 {
|
|
|
2306 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
|
2307 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2308 {
|
|
|
2309 count = 1;
|
|
|
2310 files = &dict;
|
|
|
2311 }
|
|
|
2312 else
|
|
|
2313 {
|
|
|
2314 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
|
2315 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
|
2316 * a modeline). */
|
|
|
2317 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2318 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
|
2319 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
|
2320 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
|
2321 count = 0;
|
|
|
2322 }
|
|
|
2323
|
|
449
|
2324 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
|
|
7
|
2325 {
|
|
|
2326 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
|
2327 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2328 {
|
|
274
|
2329 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
|
|
|
2330 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
|
|
7
|
2331 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2332 }
|
|
|
2333
|
|
|
2334 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
|
2335 {
|
|
|
2336 /*
|
|
|
2337 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
|
2338 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
|
2339 */
|
|
449
|
2340 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
|
|
|
2341 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
|
7
|
2342 {
|
|
|
2343 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
2344 while (vim_regexec(®match, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
|
2345 {
|
|
|
2346 ptr = regmatch.startp[0];
|
|
|
2347 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2348 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch.startp[0],
|
|
|
2349 (int)(ptr - regmatch.startp[0]),
|
|
|
2350 files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2351 if (thesaurus)
|
|
|
2352 {
|
|
|
2353 char_u *wstart;
|
|
|
2354
|
|
|
2355 /*
|
|
|
2356 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
|
2357 */
|
|
|
2358 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
2359 {
|
|
|
2360 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
|
2361 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
|
2362 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
|
2363 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
|
2364 break;
|
|
|
2365 wstart = ptr;
|
|
|
2366
|
|
|
2367 /* Find end of the word and add it. */
|
|
|
2368 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2369 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2370 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
|
2371 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
|
2372 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
|
2373 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2374 {
|
|
474
|
2375 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2376
|
|
|
2377 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2378 break;
|
|
|
2379 ptr += l;
|
|
|
2380 }
|
|
|
2381 else
|
|
|
2382 #endif
|
|
|
2383 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2384 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
|
2385 (int)(ptr - wstart), files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2386 }
|
|
|
2387 }
|
|
|
2388 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
|
2389 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2390 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
464
|
2391 else if (add_r == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
2392 break;
|
|
|
2393 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
|
2394 * of line */
|
|
|
2395 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
|
2396 break;
|
|
|
2397 }
|
|
|
2398 line_breakcheck();
|
|
464
|
2399 ins_compl_check_keys(50);
|
|
7
|
2400 }
|
|
|
2401 fclose(fp);
|
|
|
2402 }
|
|
|
2403 }
|
|
|
2404 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2405 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
|
2406 if (flags)
|
|
|
2407 break;
|
|
|
2408 }
|
|
|
2409 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2410 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
2411 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
2412 }
|
|
|
2413
|
|
|
2414 /*
|
|
|
2415 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
|
2416 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
|
2417 */
|
|
|
2418 char_u *
|
|
|
2419 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
|
2420 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2421 {
|
|
|
2422 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2423 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2424 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
|
474
|
2425 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2426 else
|
|
|
2427 #endif
|
|
|
2428 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2429 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2430 return ptr;
|
|
|
2431 }
|
|
|
2432
|
|
|
2433 /*
|
|
|
2434 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
|
2435 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
|
2436 */
|
|
|
2437 char_u *
|
|
|
2438 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
|
2439 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2440 {
|
|
|
2441 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2442 int start_class;
|
|
|
2443
|
|
|
2444 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2445 {
|
|
|
2446 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
|
2447 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
|
2448 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2449 {
|
|
474
|
2450 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2451 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
|
2452 break;
|
|
|
2453 }
|
|
|
2454 }
|
|
|
2455 else
|
|
|
2456 #endif
|
|
|
2457 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2458 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2459 return ptr;
|
|
|
2460 }
|
|
|
2461
|
|
|
2462 /*
|
|
|
2463 * Free the list of completions
|
|
|
2464 */
|
|
|
2465 static void
|
|
|
2466 ins_compl_free()
|
|
|
2467 {
|
|
464
|
2468 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2469
|
|
449
|
2470 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2471 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
2472
|
|
|
2473 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2474 return;
|
|
540
|
2475
|
|
|
2476 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2477 pum_clear();
|
|
|
2478
|
|
449
|
2479 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2480 do
|
|
|
2481 {
|
|
449
|
2482 match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
464
|
2483 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2484 vim_free(match->cp_str);
|
|
7
|
2485 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
|
464
|
2486 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
|
2487 vim_free(match->cp_fname);
|
|
7
|
2488 vim_free(match);
|
|
449
|
2489 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2490 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2491 }
|
|
|
2492
|
|
|
2493 static void
|
|
|
2494 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
|
2495 {
|
|
449
|
2496 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2497 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2498 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2499 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2500 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2501 save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
2502 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2503 }
|
|
|
2504
|
|
|
2505 /*
|
|
|
2506 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
|
464
|
2507 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
|
|
540
|
2508 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted;
|
|
7
|
2509 */
|
|
540
|
2510 static int
|
|
7
|
2511 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
|
2512 int c;
|
|
|
2513 {
|
|
|
2514 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2515 int temp;
|
|
|
2516 int want_cindent;
|
|
540
|
2517 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
2518
|
|
|
2519 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
|
2520 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
|
2521 */
|
|
|
2522 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2523 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2524
|
|
|
2525 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
|
|
|
2526 if (c == K_SELECT)
|
|
540
|
2527 return retval;
|
|
7
|
2528
|
|
|
2529 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
|
2530 {
|
|
|
2531 /*
|
|
|
2532 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
|
2533 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
|
2534 */
|
|
|
2535 switch (c)
|
|
|
2536 {
|
|
|
2537 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
|
2538 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
|
2539 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
|
2540 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
2541 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2542 else
|
|
|
2543 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2544 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
2545 showmode();
|
|
|
2546 break;
|
|
|
2547 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
|
2548 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
2549 break;
|
|
|
2550 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
|
2551 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
|
2552 break;
|
|
|
2553 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
2554 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2555 break;
|
|
|
2556 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
2557 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
|
2558 break;
|
|
|
2559 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
2560 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2561 break;
|
|
12
|
2562 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2563 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
|
2564 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
|
2565 break;
|
|
449
|
2566 case Ctrl_O:
|
|
523
|
2567 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI;
|
|
449
|
2568 break;
|
|
502
|
2569 #endif
|
|
477
|
2570 case 's':
|
|
|
2571 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
2572 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
|
|
484
|
2573 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
2574 spell_back_to_badword();
|
|
|
2575 #endif
|
|
477
|
2576 break;
|
|
7
|
2577 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
|
2578 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2579 break;
|
|
|
2580 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2581 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
|
2582 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
2583 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2584 break;
|
|
|
2585 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
2586 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2587 break;
|
|
|
2588 #endif
|
|
|
2589 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
|
2590 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
|
2591 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
|
2592 break;
|
|
|
2593 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
2594 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
2595 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
|
2596 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
|
2597 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2598 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
|
2599 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2600 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
|
2601 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
2602 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
|
2603 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
2604 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2605 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
2606 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
2607 default:
|
|
449
|
2608 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
|
2609 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
|
|
|
2610 * mode).
|
|
|
2611 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
|
|
|
2612 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
|
|
|
2613 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
|
|
|
2614 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
|
|
|
2615 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
|
|
|
2616 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
|
|
|
2617 * mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
7
|
2618 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
|
2619 {
|
|
449
|
2620 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2621 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
2622 else
|
|
449
|
2623 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
7
|
2624 }
|
|
|
2625 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2626 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2627 showmode();
|
|
|
2628 break;
|
|
|
2629 }
|
|
|
2630 }
|
|
|
2631 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2632 {
|
|
|
2633 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
|
2634 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2635 {
|
|
|
2636 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
2637 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2638 else
|
|
|
2639 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
|
2640 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2641 }
|
|
|
2642 showmode();
|
|
|
2643 }
|
|
|
2644
|
|
449
|
2645 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
7
|
2646 {
|
|
|
2647 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
|
2648 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
|
449
|
2649 * showing what mode we are in. */
|
|
7
|
2650 showmode();
|
|
|
2651 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
2652 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
2653 {
|
|
|
2654 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
|
2655 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
|
449
|
2656 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
|
|
|
2657 if (compl_curr_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2658 {
|
|
449
|
2659 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2660
|
|
7
|
2661 /*
|
|
|
2662 * If any of the original typed text has been changed,
|
|
|
2663 * eg when ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to
|
|
|
2664 * the redo buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete
|
|
|
2665 * just the part of the original text that has changed.
|
|
|
2666 */
|
|
464
|
2667 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
|
|
449
|
2668 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2669 while (*p && *p == *ptr)
|
|
7
|
2670 {
|
|
449
|
2671 ++p;
|
|
7
|
2672 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2673 }
|
|
449
|
2674 for (temp = 0; p[temp]; ++temp)
|
|
7
|
2675 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
620
|
2676 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr, -1);
|
|
7
|
2677 }
|
|
|
2678
|
|
|
2679 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2680 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
|
2681 #endif
|
|
|
2682 /*
|
|
|
2683 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
|
2684 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
|
2685 */
|
|
449
|
2686 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
7
|
2687 {
|
|
|
2688 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2689 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
2690 if (want_cindent)
|
|
|
2691 {
|
|
|
2692 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2693 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
|
2694 }
|
|
|
2695 #endif
|
|
|
2696 }
|
|
|
2697 else
|
|
|
2698 {
|
|
|
2699 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
|
2700 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
2701 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
2702 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
|
2703 curwin->w_cursor.col++;
|
|
|
2704 }
|
|
|
2705
|
|
|
2706 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
2707
|
|
540
|
2708 /* if the popup menu is displayed hitting Enter means accepting
|
|
|
2709 * the selection without inserting anything. */
|
|
|
2710 if ((c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL) && pum_visible())
|
|
|
2711 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
2712
|
|
7
|
2713 ins_compl_free();
|
|
449
|
2714 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2715 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
7
|
2716 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
2717 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
449
|
2718 if (save_sm >= 0)
|
|
|
2719 p_sm = save_sm;
|
|
7
|
2720 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
|
2721 {
|
|
|
2722 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2723 showmode();
|
|
|
2724 }
|
|
|
2725
|
|
|
2726 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2727 /*
|
|
|
2728 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
2729 */
|
|
|
2730 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
|
2731 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2732 #endif
|
|
|
2733 }
|
|
|
2734 }
|
|
|
2735
|
|
|
2736 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
|
2737 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
|
2738 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2739 {
|
|
449
|
2740 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2741 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
7
|
2742 }
|
|
540
|
2743
|
|
|
2744 return retval;
|
|
7
|
2745 }
|
|
|
2746
|
|
|
2747 /*
|
|
|
2748 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
|
2749 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
|
2750 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
|
2751 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
|
2752 *
|
|
|
2753 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
|
2754 */
|
|
|
2755 static buf_T *
|
|
|
2756 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
|
2757 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2758 int flag;
|
|
|
2759 {
|
|
|
2760 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2761 static win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2762 #endif
|
|
|
2763
|
|
|
2764 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
|
2765 {
|
|
|
2766 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2767 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
|
2768 wp = curwin;
|
|
383
|
2769 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
|
|
7
|
2770 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2771 ;
|
|
|
2772 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
2773 #else
|
|
|
2774 buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2775 #endif
|
|
|
2776 }
|
|
|
2777 else
|
|
|
2778 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
|
2779 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
|
2780 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
|
383
|
2781 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
|
|
7
|
2782 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
|
2783 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2784 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2785 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
|
2786 || buf->b_scanned
|
|
|
2787 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL
|
|
|
2788 && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)))
|
|
|
2789 ;
|
|
|
2790 return buf;
|
|
|
2791 }
|
|
|
2792
|
|
12
|
2793 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
502
|
2794 static int expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base, char_u ***matches));
|
|
12
|
2795
|
|
|
2796 /*
|
|
523
|
2797 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and
|
|
502
|
2798 * get matches in "matches".
|
|
452
|
2799 * Return value is number of matches.
|
|
12
|
2800 */
|
|
|
2801 static int
|
|
502
|
2802 expand_by_function(type, base, matches)
|
|
523
|
2803 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */
|
|
12
|
2804 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2805 char_u ***matches;
|
|
|
2806 {
|
|
452
|
2807 list_T *matchlist;
|
|
502
|
2808 char_u *args[2];
|
|
452
|
2809 listitem_T *li;
|
|
|
2810 garray_T ga;
|
|
|
2811 char_u *p;
|
|
502
|
2812 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
2813 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
2814
|
|
|
2815 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
2816 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
452
|
2817 return 0;
|
|
|
2818
|
|
|
2819 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
|
|
|
2820 args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
|
|
502
|
2821 args[1] = base;
|
|
|
2822
|
|
|
2823 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
2824 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
2825 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
452
|
2826 if (matchlist == NULL)
|
|
|
2827 return 0;
|
|
|
2828
|
|
|
2829 /* Go through the List with matches and put them in an array. */
|
|
|
2830 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 8);
|
|
|
2831 for (li = matchlist->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
|
|
|
2832 {
|
|
|
2833 p = get_tv_string_chk(&li->li_tv);
|
|
|
2834 if (p != NULL && *p != NUL)
|
|
|
2835 {
|
|
|
2836 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2837 break;
|
|
|
2838 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = vim_strsave(p);
|
|
|
2839 ++ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
2840 }
|
|
|
2841 }
|
|
|
2842
|
|
|
2843 list_unref(matchlist);
|
|
|
2844 *matches = (char_u **)ga.ga_data;
|
|
|
2845 return ga.ga_len;
|
|
12
|
2846 }
|
|
|
2847 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
|
|
|
2848
|
|
449
|
2849 /*
|
|
|
2850 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
|
|
|
2851 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction dir.
|
|
|
2852 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise
|
|
|
2853 * continue where we stopped searching before.
|
|
|
2854 * This may return before finding all the matches.
|
|
|
2855 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
|
7
|
2856 */
|
|
|
2857 static int
|
|
|
2858 ins_compl_get_exp(ini, dir)
|
|
|
2859 pos_T *ini;
|
|
|
2860 int dir;
|
|
|
2861 {
|
|
|
2862 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2863 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
|
2864 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
|
449
|
2865 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
|
|
|
2866 certain type. */
|
|
|
2867 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
|
|
7
|
2868
|
|
464
|
2869 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2870 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2871 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2872 int save_p_ws;
|
|
|
2873 int save_p_ic;
|
|
|
2874 int i;
|
|
|
2875 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2876 int len;
|
|
|
2877 int found_new_match;
|
|
|
2878 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
2879 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2880 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
|
2881 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
|
2882 compl_T *old_match;
|
|
7
|
2883
|
|
449
|
2884 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
2885 {
|
|
|
2886 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
|
2887 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
|
2888 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
2889 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
449
|
2890 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
12
|
2891 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
|
7
|
2892 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
2893 }
|
|
|
2894
|
|
449
|
2895 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
|
7
|
2896 pos = (dir == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2897 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
|
2898 for (;;)
|
|
|
2899 {
|
|
|
2900 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
2901
|
|
449
|
2902 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
|
|
7
|
2903 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
|
2904 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
|
2905 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
2906 && (!compl_started || found_all))
|
|
7
|
2907 {
|
|
|
2908 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
2909 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
|
2910 e_cpt++;
|
|
|
2911 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2912 {
|
|
|
2913 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2914 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
2915 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
|
2916 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
|
2917 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
|
2918 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2919 type = 0;
|
|
|
2920 }
|
|
|
2921 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
|
2922 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
|
2923 {
|
|
|
2924 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
|
2925 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
|
2926 {
|
|
449
|
2927 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2928 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
2929 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
|
2930 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2931 type = 0;
|
|
|
2932 }
|
|
|
2933 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
|
2934 {
|
|
|
2935 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2936 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
|
2937 continue;
|
|
|
2938 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2939 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
|
2940 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
|
2941 }
|
|
274
|
2942 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
|
7
|
2943 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
|
2944 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
|
2945 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
|
2946 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
|
2947 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
|
2948 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2949 }
|
|
|
2950 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
|
2951 break;
|
|
|
2952 else
|
|
|
2953 {
|
|
|
2954 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2955 type = -1;
|
|
|
2956 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
|
2957 {
|
|
|
2958 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
|
2959 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2960 else
|
|
|
2961 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2962 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
|
2963 {
|
|
|
2964 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
|
2965 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
|
2966 }
|
|
|
2967 }
|
|
|
2968 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2969 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
|
2970 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2971 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
|
2972 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2973 #endif
|
|
|
2974 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
|
2975 {
|
|
|
2976 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2977 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
|
2978 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2979 }
|
|
|
2980 else
|
|
|
2981 type = -1;
|
|
|
2982
|
|
|
2983 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
|
2984 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2985
|
|
|
2986 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2987 if (type == -1)
|
|
|
2988 continue;
|
|
|
2989 }
|
|
|
2990 }
|
|
|
2991
|
|
|
2992 switch (type)
|
|
|
2993 {
|
|
|
2994 case -1:
|
|
|
2995 break;
|
|
|
2996 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2997 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
2998 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
449
|
2999 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, dir,
|
|
|
3000 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
7
|
3001 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
|
449
|
3002 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
3003 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
|
3004 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
|
3005 break;
|
|
|
3006 #endif
|
|
|
3007
|
|
|
3008 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
3009 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
3010 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
|
3011 dict ? dict
|
|
|
3012 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
|
3013 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
|
3014 ? p_tsr
|
|
|
3015 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
|
3016 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
|
3017 ? p_dict
|
|
|
3018 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
|
449
|
3019 compl_pattern, dir,
|
|
7
|
3020 dict ? dict_f : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
|
3021 dict = NULL;
|
|
|
3022 break;
|
|
|
3023
|
|
|
3024 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
3025 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
|
3026 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
|
449
|
3027 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
3028
|
|
|
3029 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
|
449
|
3030 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
|
|
|
3031 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
3032 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
3033 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
3034 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
3035 {
|
|
|
3036 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
3037 }
|
|
|
3038 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
|
3039 break;
|
|
|
3040
|
|
|
3041 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
449
|
3042 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
3043 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
|
3044 {
|
|
|
3045
|
|
|
3046 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
|
449
|
3047 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
|
|
7
|
3048 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
3049 }
|
|
|
3050 break;
|
|
|
3051
|
|
|
3052 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
449
|
3053 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
3054 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
|
|
7
|
3055 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
|
3056 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
3057 break;
|
|
|
3058
|
|
12
|
3059 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3060 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
523
|
3061 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
548
|
3062 num_matches = expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
12
|
3063 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
3064 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
3065 break;
|
|
|
3066 #endif
|
|
|
3067
|
|
477
|
3068 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
3069 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3070 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
|
3071 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
|
3072 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
3073 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
3074 #endif
|
|
|
3075 break;
|
|
|
3076
|
|
7
|
3077 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
|
3078 /*
|
|
|
3079 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
|
3080 */
|
|
|
3081 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
3082 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
3083 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
3084
|
|
7
|
3085 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
|
3086 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
|
3087 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
|
3088 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
|
3089 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
|
3090 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
3091 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
|
3092 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
|
3093 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
|
3094 for (;;)
|
|
|
3095 {
|
|
464
|
3096 int flags = 0;
|
|
7
|
3097
|
|
540
|
3098 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that
|
|
|
3099 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
|
7
|
3100 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
449
|
3101 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
3102 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
|
449
|
3103 dir, compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
3104 else
|
|
|
3105 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, dir,
|
|
449
|
3106 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
|
7
|
3107 RE_LAST);
|
|
449
|
3108 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3109 {
|
|
449
|
3110 /* set compl_started even on fail */
|
|
|
3111 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3112 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
3113 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
3114 }
|
|
|
3115 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
|
3116 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
|
3117 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3118 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
|
3119 {
|
|
|
3120 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
|
3121 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3122 break;
|
|
|
3123 }
|
|
|
3124
|
|
|
3125 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
|
449
|
3126 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
|
7
|
3127 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
|
3128 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
|
3129 continue;
|
|
|
3130 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
|
3131 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3132 {
|
|
449
|
3133 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3134 {
|
|
|
3135 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3136 continue;
|
|
|
3137 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3138 if (!p_paste)
|
|
|
3139 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3140 }
|
|
|
3141 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
3142 }
|
|
|
3143 else
|
|
|
3144 {
|
|
449
|
3145 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
3146
|
|
|
3147 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3148 {
|
|
449
|
3149 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
|
|
7
|
3150 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
|
3151 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
3152 continue;
|
|
|
3153 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3154 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3155 }
|
|
|
3156 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
|
3157 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3158 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3159
|
|
449
|
3160 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3161 && len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
3162 {
|
|
|
3163 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3164 {
|
|
|
3165 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
|
3166 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
|
3167 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
|
449
|
3168 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
|
7
|
3169 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3170 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
|
3171 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3172 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3173 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3174 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3175 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
|
3176 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3177 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
|
3178 {
|
|
419
|
3179 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
|
|
7
|
3180 {
|
|
419
|
3181 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
|
|
7
|
3182 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3183 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
|
3184 if (p_js
|
|
419
|
3185 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
|
|
7
|
3186 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
|
3187 == NULL
|
|
419
|
3188 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
|
|
|
3189 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
|
|
7
|
3190 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3191 }
|
|
|
3192 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
|
3193 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
|
3194 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
|
3195 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3196 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
464
|
3197 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
3198 }
|
|
|
3199 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
3200 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
|
3201 }
|
|
449
|
3202 if (len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
3203 continue;
|
|
|
3204 }
|
|
|
3205 }
|
|
|
3206 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len,
|
|
540
|
3207 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
|
464
|
3208 dir, flags) != NOTDONE)
|
|
7
|
3209 {
|
|
|
3210 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3211 break;
|
|
|
3212 }
|
|
|
3213 }
|
|
|
3214 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3215 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3216 }
|
|
540
|
3217
|
|
449
|
3218 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
|
|
|
3219 * expansion added somenthing) */
|
|
540
|
3220 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match)
|
|
7
|
3221 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3222
|
|
|
3223 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
|
3224 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
|
3225 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3226 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
|
540
|
3227 {
|
|
|
3228 if (got_int)
|
|
|
3229 break;
|
|
|
3230 if (pum_wanted() && type != -1)
|
|
|
3231 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */
|
|
|
3232 ins_compl_check_keys(0);
|
|
|
3233 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3234 || compl_interrupted)
|
|
|
3235 break;
|
|
|
3236 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
|
3237 }
|
|
|
3238 else
|
|
|
3239 {
|
|
|
3240 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
|
3241 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
3242 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
|
3243
|
|
|
3244 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3245 }
|
|
449
|
3246 }
|
|
|
3247 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3248
|
|
|
3249 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3250 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
|
3251 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3252
|
|
|
3253 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
|
3254 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
|
3255 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
|
3256 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
3257
|
|
|
3258 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
|
449
|
3259 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
|
|
|
3260 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
|
464
|
3261 compl_curr_match = dir == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next : old_match->cp_prev;
|
|
449
|
3262 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
|
|
|
3263 compl_curr_match = old_match;
|
|
7
|
3264 return i;
|
|
|
3265 }
|
|
|
3266
|
|
|
3267 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
|
3268 static void
|
|
|
3269 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
|
3270 {
|
|
|
3271 int i;
|
|
|
3272
|
|
|
3273 /*
|
|
|
3274 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
|
3275 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
|
3276 */
|
|
449
|
3277 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
|
|
7
|
3278 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
3279 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
3280 }
|
|
|
3281
|
|
|
3282 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
|
3283 static void
|
|
|
3284 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
|
3285 {
|
|
464
|
3286 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
7
|
3287 }
|
|
|
3288
|
|
|
3289 /*
|
|
|
3290 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
|
464
|
3291 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
|
|
|
3292 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
|
|
|
3293 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when
|
|
|
3294 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
|
|
|
3295 * through the ones found so far.
|
|
7
|
3296 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
|
3297 *
|
|
449
|
3298 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
|
3299 * compl_shown_match here.
|
|
7
|
3300 *
|
|
|
3301 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
|
464
|
3302 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
|
3303 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
|
|
7
|
3304 */
|
|
|
3305 static int
|
|
610
|
3306 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count)
|
|
7
|
3307 int allow_get_expansion;
|
|
610
|
3308 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should
|
|
|
3309 be at least 1 */
|
|
7
|
3310 {
|
|
|
3311 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
|
3312 int i;
|
|
610
|
3313 int todo = count;
|
|
7
|
3314
|
|
|
3315 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3316 {
|
|
|
3317 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
|
3318 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3319 }
|
|
449
|
3320 compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
610
|
3321
|
|
|
3322 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap
|
|
|
3323 * around. */
|
|
|
3324 while (--todo >= 0)
|
|
|
3325 {
|
|
|
3326 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
3327 {
|
|
|
3328 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
3329 if (compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL
|
|
|
3330 && compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)
|
|
|
3331 break;
|
|
|
3332 }
|
|
|
3333 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
|
|
|
3334 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
|
|
|
3335 {
|
|
|
3336 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
3337 if (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)
|
|
|
3338 break;
|
|
7
|
3339 }
|
|
|
3340 else
|
|
610
|
3341 {
|
|
|
3342 compl_pending = TRUE;
|
|
|
3343 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3344 {
|
|
|
3345 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos,
|
|
|
3346 compl_direction);
|
|
|
3347 if (compl_pending)
|
|
|
3348 {
|
|
|
3349 if (compl_direction == compl_shows_dir)
|
|
|
3350 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
3351 }
|
|
|
3352 }
|
|
|
3353 else
|
|
|
3354 return -1;
|
|
|
3355 }
|
|
7
|
3356 }
|
|
|
3357
|
|
|
3358 /* Insert the text of the new completion */
|
|
|
3359 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
3360
|
|
|
3361 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3362 {
|
|
540
|
3363 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */
|
|
|
3364 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
3365
|
|
7
|
3366 /* Display the current match. */
|
|
|
3367 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
3368
|
|
540
|
3369 /* display the updated popup menu */
|
|
|
3370 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
3371
|
|
7
|
3372 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
|
3373 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
|
3374 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3375 }
|
|
|
3376
|
|
|
3377 /*
|
|
|
3378 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
|
3379 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
|
3380 */
|
|
464
|
3381 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
|
|
7
|
3382 {
|
|
|
3383 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
|
464
|
3384 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
|
7
|
3385 if (i <= 0)
|
|
|
3386 i = 0;
|
|
|
3387 else
|
|
|
3388 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
|
464
|
3389 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
|
|
7
|
3390 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
3391 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
|
3392 }
|
|
|
3393
|
|
|
3394 return num_matches;
|
|
|
3395 }
|
|
|
3396
|
|
|
3397 /*
|
|
|
3398 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
|
3399 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
|
449
|
3400 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is TRUE, show a completion as soon as
|
|
7
|
3401 * possible. -- webb
|
|
464
|
3402 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
|
|
7
|
3403 */
|
|
|
3404 void
|
|
464
|
3405 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
|
|
|
3406 int frequency;
|
|
7
|
3407 {
|
|
|
3408 static int count = 0;
|
|
|
3409
|
|
|
3410 int c;
|
|
|
3411
|
|
|
3412 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
|
3413 * scripts */
|
|
|
3414 if (using_script())
|
|
|
3415 return;
|
|
|
3416
|
|
|
3417 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
|
464
|
3418 if (++count < frequency)
|
|
7
|
3419 return;
|
|
|
3420 count = 0;
|
|
|
3421
|
|
|
3422 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
3423 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
|
3424 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3425 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
3426 {
|
|
|
3427 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
3428 {
|
|
|
3429 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
|
610
|
3430 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
|
3431 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c));
|
|
7
|
3432 }
|
|
|
3433 else if (c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
449
|
3434 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
|
3435 }
|
|
|
3436 if (compl_pending && !got_int)
|
|
610
|
3437 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, 1);
|
|
|
3438 }
|
|
|
3439
|
|
|
3440 /*
|
|
|
3441 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed.
|
|
|
3442 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD.
|
|
|
3443 */
|
|
|
3444 static int
|
|
|
3445 ins_compl_key2dir(c)
|
|
|
3446 int c;
|
|
|
3447 {
|
|
|
3448 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L || (pum_visible()
|
|
|
3449 && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP)))
|
|
|
3450 return BACKWARD;
|
|
|
3451 return FORWARD;
|
|
|
3452 }
|
|
|
3453
|
|
|
3454 /*
|
|
|
3455 * Decide the number of completions to move forward.
|
|
|
3456 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys.
|
|
|
3457 */
|
|
|
3458 static int
|
|
|
3459 ins_compl_key2count(c)
|
|
|
3460 int c;
|
|
|
3461 {
|
|
|
3462 int h;
|
|
|
3463
|
|
|
3464 if (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP
|
|
|
3465 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN))
|
|
|
3466 {
|
|
|
3467 h = pum_get_height();
|
|
|
3468 if (h > 3)
|
|
|
3469 h -= 2; /* keep some context */
|
|
|
3470 return h;
|
|
|
3471 }
|
|
|
3472 return 1;
|
|
7
|
3473 }
|
|
|
3474
|
|
|
3475 /*
|
|
|
3476 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
|
3477 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
|
3478 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
|
3479 */
|
|
|
3480 static int
|
|
|
3481 ins_complete(c)
|
|
449
|
3482 int c;
|
|
7
|
3483 {
|
|
449
|
3484 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3485 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
|
|
|
3486 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
|
|
|
3487 int n;
|
|
7
|
3488
|
|
610
|
3489 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
449
|
3490 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3491 {
|
|
|
3492 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
|
3493
|
|
|
3494 /* Turn off 'sm' so we don't show matches with ^X^L */
|
|
|
3495 save_sm = p_sm;
|
|
|
3496 p_sm = FALSE;
|
|
|
3497
|
|
|
3498 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
3499 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
3500 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3501 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3502 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
3503 #endif
|
|
|
3504 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
3505 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3506
|
|
|
3507 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
449
|
3508 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
3509
|
|
|
3510 /* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
|
449
|
3511 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
|
|
|
3512 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
|
|
|
3513 * "compl_startpos"
|
|
7
|
3514 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
|
|
|
3515 * been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL is set then
|
|
|
3516 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
|
|
|
3517 * been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
|
449
|
3518 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
7
|
3519 {
|
|
|
3520 /*
|
|
|
3521 * it is a continued search
|
|
|
3522 */
|
|
449
|
3523 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
|
7
|
3524 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3525 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3526 {
|
|
449
|
3527 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
7
|
3528 {
|
|
449
|
3529 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
|
|
|
3530 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
|
|
|
3531 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
|
|
|
3532 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
|
3533 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
|
3534 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
3535 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3536 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
|
7
|
3537 }
|
|
|
3538 else
|
|
|
3539 {
|
|
|
3540 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
|
3541 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
|
449
|
3542 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
|
|
|
3543 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
3544 {
|
|
449
|
3545 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3546 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
|
|
|
3547 line + compl_length
|
|
|
3548 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
|
|
7
|
3549 }
|
|
449
|
3550 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
|
|
7
|
3551 }
|
|
449
|
3552 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
502
|
3553 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
|
7
|
3554 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
|
|
|
3555 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
|
449
|
3556 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
|
7
|
3557 {
|
|
449
|
3558 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3559 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
|
3560 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
|
|
7
|
3561 }
|
|
449
|
3562 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3563 if (compl_length < 1)
|
|
|
3564 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
3565 }
|
|
|
3566 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3567 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
7
|
3568 else
|
|
449
|
3569 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
3570 }
|
|
|
3571 else
|
|
449
|
3572 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3573
|
|
|
3574 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
|
3575 {
|
|
|
3576 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
7
|
3577 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
|
449
|
3578 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3579 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3580 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3581 startcol = (int)curs_col;
|
|
|
3582 compl_col = 0;
|
|
7
|
3583 }
|
|
|
3584
|
|
|
3585 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
|
3586 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
|
3587 {
|
|
449
|
3588 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
|
|
7
|
3589 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3590 {
|
|
449
|
3591 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
|
7
|
3592 {
|
|
449
|
3593 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3594 ;
|
|
449
|
3595 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3596 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
3597 }
|
|
|
3598 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
3599 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3600 compl_length, NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
3601 else
|
|
449
|
3602 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3603 compl_length);
|
|
|
3604 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3605 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3606 }
|
|
449
|
3607 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3608 {
|
|
|
3609 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
|
3610
|
|
|
3611 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
|
3612 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
3613 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3614 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
3615 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3616 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3617 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
|
|
|
3618 || (compl_col > 0
|
|
7
|
3619 && (
|
|
|
3620 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
3621 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
|
|
7
|
3622 #else
|
|
449
|
3623 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
|
|
7
|
3624 #endif
|
|
|
3625 )))
|
|
|
3626 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
|
449
|
3627 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
|
|
|
3628 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
|
|
|
3629 line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
3630 }
|
|
449
|
3631 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
|
|
7
|
3632 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
3633 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
|
|
7
|
3634 #else
|
|
449
|
3635 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
|
|
7
|
3636 #endif
|
|
|
3637 )
|
|
|
3638 {
|
|
|
3639 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
|
449
|
3640 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
|
3641 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3642 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3643 compl_col += curs_col;
|
|
|
3644 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
3645 }
|
|
|
3646 else
|
|
|
3647 {
|
|
|
3648 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3649 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
|
3650 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
|
3651 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3652 {
|
|
|
3653 int base_class;
|
|
|
3654 int head_off;
|
|
|
3655
|
|
449
|
3656 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
3657 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
|
|
|
3658 while (--startcol >= 0)
|
|
7
|
3659 {
|
|
449
|
3660 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
3661 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
|
|
|
3662 - head_off))
|
|
7
|
3663 break;
|
|
449
|
3664 startcol -= head_off;
|
|
7
|
3665 }
|
|
|
3666 }
|
|
|
3667 else
|
|
|
3668 #endif
|
|
449
|
3669 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3670 ;
|
|
449
|
3671 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3672 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
3673 if (compl_length == 1)
|
|
7
|
3674 {
|
|
|
3675 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
|
3676 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
|
3677 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
|
3678 */
|
|
449
|
3679 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
|
|
|
3680 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3681 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3682 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
3683 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
|
|
|
3684 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
|
|
7
|
3685 }
|
|
|
3686 else
|
|
|
3687 {
|
|
449
|
3688 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3689 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
3690 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3691 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3692 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
3693 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3694 compl_length);
|
|
7
|
3695 }
|
|
|
3696 }
|
|
|
3697 }
|
|
|
3698 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3699 {
|
|
449
|
3700 compl_col = skipwhite(line) - line;
|
|
|
3701 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
|
3702 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
|
3703 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
3704 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
3705 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
3706 NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
3707 else
|
|
449
|
3708 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3709 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3710 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3711 }
|
|
|
3712 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
3713 {
|
|
449
|
3714 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3715 ;
|
|
449
|
3716 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3717 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
3718 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
3719 EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
|
3720 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3721 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3722 }
|
|
|
3723 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3724 {
|
|
449
|
3725 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
|
|
|
3726 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3727 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3728 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
3729 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
|
|
|
3730 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
|
3731 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
|
7
|
3732 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3733 startcol = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
|
|
|
3734 compl_col = startcol;
|
|
|
3735 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
3736 }
|
|
523
|
3737 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
502
|
3738 {
|
|
12
|
3739 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3740 /*
|
|
502
|
3741 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart"
|
|
|
3742 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
|
|
12
|
3743 */
|
|
502
|
3744 char_u *args[2];
|
|
452
|
3745 int col;
|
|
502
|
3746 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
3747 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
3748
|
|
523
|
3749 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a
|
|
502
|
3750 * string */
|
|
|
3751 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
3752 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
3753 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
523
|
3754 {
|
|
|
3755 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
3756 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc");
|
|
12
|
3757 return FAIL;
|
|
523
|
3758 }
|
|
452
|
3759
|
|
|
3760 args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
|
|
502
|
3761 args[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
3762 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3763 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
3764 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
|
3765
|
|
452
|
3766 if (col < 0)
|
|
523
|
3767 col = curs_col;
|
|
452
|
3768 compl_col = col;
|
|
|
3769 if ((colnr_T)compl_col > curs_col)
|
|
|
3770 compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
449
|
3771
|
|
|
3772 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
|
|
|
3773 * it may have become invalid. */
|
|
|
3774 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
452
|
3775 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
449
|
3776 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3777 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
502
|
3778 #endif
|
|
449
|
3779 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3780 }
|
|
477
|
3781 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
3782 {
|
|
|
3783 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
497
|
3784 if (spell_bad_len > 0)
|
|
|
3785 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
|
|
|
3786 else
|
|
|
3787 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
|
|
|
3788 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
|
|
477
|
3789 return FAIL;
|
|
537
|
3790 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col);
|
|
477
|
3791 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
|
3792 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3793 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
|
3794 #endif
|
|
|
3795 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3796 }
|
|
449
|
3797 else
|
|
|
3798 {
|
|
|
3799 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
|
|
|
3800 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3801 }
|
|
|
3802
|
|
|
3803 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3804 {
|
|
|
3805 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
|
3806 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3807 {
|
|
|
3808 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
|
3809 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3810 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
3811
|
|
|
3812 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
3813 #endif
|
|
449
|
3814 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3815 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
7
|
3816 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
|
3817 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3818 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
|
3819 #endif
|
|
449
|
3820 compl_length = 0;
|
|
|
3821 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
3822 }
|
|
|
3823 }
|
|
|
3824 else
|
|
|
3825 {
|
|
|
3826 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
449
|
3827 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
3828 }
|
|
|
3829
|
|
|
3830 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
3831 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
|
|
7
|
3832 else
|
|
|
3833 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
3834
|
|
|
3835 /* Always add completion for the original text. Note that
|
|
449
|
3836 * "compl_orig_text" itself (not a copy) is added, it will be freed
|
|
|
3837 * when the list of matches is freed. */
|
|
|
3838 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3839 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
|
|
3840 -1, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
|
|
|
3841 {
|
|
|
3842 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
3843 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
3844 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
3845 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
7
|
3846 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3847 }
|
|
|
3848
|
|
|
3849 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
|
3850 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
|
3851 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
|
3852 */
|
|
|
3853 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
|
3854 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3855 showmode();
|
|
|
3856 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
3857 out_flush();
|
|
|
3858 }
|
|
|
3859
|
|
449
|
3860 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
3861 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
3862
|
|
|
3863 /*
|
|
|
3864 * Find next match.
|
|
|
3865 */
|
|
610
|
3866 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c));
|
|
449
|
3867
|
|
540
|
3868 /* may undisplay the popup menu */
|
|
|
3869 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
3870
|
|
449
|
3871 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
|
3872 compl_matches = n;
|
|
|
3873 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
3874 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
|
|
|
3875 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3876
|
|
|
3877 /* eat the ESC to avoid leaving insert mode */
|
|
|
3878 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
|
3879 {
|
|
|
3880 (void)vgetc();
|
|
|
3881 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
3882 }
|
|
|
3883
|
|
449
|
3884 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
|
|
464
|
3885 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
|
|
449
|
3886 {
|
|
|
3887 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3888 && compl_length > 1
|
|
7
|
3889 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
|
3890 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
|
3891 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
|
3892 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
|
3893 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
|
3894 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
3895 if ( compl_length > 1
|
|
|
3896 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3897 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
3898 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3899 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
|
449
|
3900 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3901 }
|
|
|
3902
|
|
464
|
3903 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
449
|
3904 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
3905 else
|
|
449
|
3906 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
3907
|
|
|
3908 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
3909 {
|
|
464
|
3910 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
7
|
3911 {
|
|
|
3912 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
|
3913 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
|
3914 }
|
|
449
|
3915 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
3916 {
|
|
|
3917 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
|
3918 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3919 }
|
|
464
|
3920 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
|
|
7
|
3921 {
|
|
|
3922 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
|
3923 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3924 }
|
|
|
3925 else
|
|
|
3926 {
|
|
|
3927 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
|
464
|
3928 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
|
|
7
|
3929 {
|
|
464
|
3930 int number = 0;
|
|
|
3931 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
3932
|
|
449
|
3933 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
|
|
7
|
3934 {
|
|
|
3935 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
|
3936 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
|
3937 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
3938 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
|
|
|
3939 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
3940 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
3941 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
3942 {
|
|
464
|
3943 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
3944 break;
|
|
|
3945 }
|
|
|
3946 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
3947 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
|
3948 * yet */
|
|
540
|
3949 for (match = match->cp_next;
|
|
|
3950 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
464
|
3951 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
3952 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
3953 }
|
|
|
3954 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
3955 {
|
|
|
3956 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
|
3957 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
|
3958 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
3959 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
|
|
|
3960 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
3961 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
3962 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
3963 {
|
|
464
|
3964 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
3965 break;
|
|
|
3966 }
|
|
|
3967 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
3968 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
|
3969 * assigned yet */
|
|
464
|
3970 for (match = match->cp_prev; match
|
|
|
3971 && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
|
3972 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
3973 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
3974 }
|
|
|
3975 }
|
|
|
3976
|
|
540
|
3977 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is
|
|
|
3978 * just a safety check. */
|
|
464
|
3979 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
3980 {
|
|
|
3981 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s */
|
|
|
3982 static char_u match_ref[31];
|
|
|
3983
|
|
449
|
3984 if (compl_matches > 0)
|
|
7
|
3985 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d of %d"),
|
|
464
|
3986 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
|
|
7
|
3987 else
|
|
449
|
3988 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d"),
|
|
464
|
3989 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
|
|
419
|
3990 vim_strncpy(match_ref, IObuff, 30);
|
|
7
|
3991 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
|
3992 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
|
3993 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
3994 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
|
3995 }
|
|
|
3996 }
|
|
|
3997 }
|
|
|
3998
|
|
|
3999 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
|
4000 showmode();
|
|
|
4001 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
4002 {
|
|
|
4003 if (!p_smd)
|
|
|
4004 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
|
4005 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
|
4006 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
|
4007 }
|
|
|
4008 else
|
|
|
4009 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
4010
|
|
540
|
4011 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
4012
|
|
7
|
4013 return OK;
|
|
|
4014 }
|
|
|
4015
|
|
|
4016 /*
|
|
|
4017 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
|
4018 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
|
4019 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
|
4020 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
|
4021 */
|
|
|
4022 static int
|
|
|
4023 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
|
4024 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
4025 char_u *src;
|
|
|
4026 int len;
|
|
|
4027 {
|
|
|
4028 int m;
|
|
|
4029
|
|
|
4030 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
|
4031 {
|
|
|
4032 switch (*src)
|
|
|
4033 {
|
|
|
4034 case '.':
|
|
|
4035 case '*':
|
|
|
4036 case '[':
|
|
|
4037 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
4038 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
4039 break;
|
|
|
4040 case '~':
|
|
|
4041 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
|
4042 break;
|
|
|
4043 case '\\':
|
|
|
4044 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
4045 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
4046 break;
|
|
|
4047 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
|
4048 case '$':
|
|
|
4049 m++;
|
|
|
4050 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4051 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
|
4052 break;
|
|
|
4053 }
|
|
|
4054 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4055 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
464
|
4056 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7
|
4057 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
|
4058 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4059 {
|
|
|
4060 int i, mb_len;
|
|
|
4061
|
|
474
|
4062 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
|
|
7
|
4063 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
|
4064 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
|
4065 {
|
|
|
4066 --len;
|
|
|
4067 ++src;
|
|
|
4068 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4069 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
4070 }
|
|
|
4071 }
|
|
464
|
4072 # endif
|
|
7
|
4073 }
|
|
|
4074 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4075 *dest = NUL;
|
|
|
4076
|
|
|
4077 return m;
|
|
|
4078 }
|
|
|
4079 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
4080
|
|
|
4081 /*
|
|
|
4082 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
|
4083 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
|
4084 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
|
4085 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
|
4086 */
|
|
|
4087 int
|
|
|
4088 get_literal()
|
|
|
4089 {
|
|
|
4090 int cc;
|
|
|
4091 int nc;
|
|
|
4092 int i;
|
|
|
4093 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
|
4094 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
|
4095 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4096 int unicode = 0;
|
|
|
4097 #endif
|
|
|
4098
|
|
|
4099 if (got_int)
|
|
|
4100 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
|
4101
|
|
|
4102 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4103 /*
|
|
|
4104 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
|
4105 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
|
4106 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
|
4107 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
|
4108 */
|
|
|
4109 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
4110 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
4111 #endif
|
|
|
4112 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4113 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4114 #endif
|
|
|
4115 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
4116 cc = 0;
|
|
|
4117 i = 0;
|
|
|
4118 for (;;)
|
|
|
4119 {
|
|
|
4120 do
|
|
|
4121 nc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
4122 while (nc == K_IGNORE || nc == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
4123 || nc == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
|
|
|
4124 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
4125 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
4126 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4127 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
|
4128 # endif
|
|
|
4129 )
|
|
|
4130 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
|
4131 #endif
|
|
|
4132 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
|
4133 hex = TRUE;
|
|
|
4134 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
|
4135 octal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4136 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4137 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
|
4138 unicode = nc;
|
|
|
4139 #endif
|
|
|
4140 else
|
|
|
4141 {
|
|
|
4142 if (hex
|
|
|
4143 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4144 || unicode != 0
|
|
|
4145 #endif
|
|
|
4146 )
|
|
|
4147 {
|
|
|
4148 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
|
4149 break;
|
|
|
4150 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
|
4151 }
|
|
|
4152 else if (octal)
|
|
|
4153 {
|
|
|
4154 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
|
4155 break;
|
|
|
4156 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
4157 }
|
|
|
4158 else
|
|
|
4159 {
|
|
|
4160 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
|
4161 break;
|
|
|
4162 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
4163 }
|
|
|
4164
|
|
|
4165 ++i;
|
|
|
4166 }
|
|
|
4167
|
|
|
4168 if (cc > 255
|
|
|
4169 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4170 && unicode == 0
|
|
|
4171 #endif
|
|
|
4172 )
|
|
|
4173 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
|
4174 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4175
|
|
|
4176 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
|
4177 {
|
|
|
4178 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
4179 break;
|
|
|
4180 }
|
|
|
4181 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4182 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
|
4183 {
|
|
|
4184 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
|
4185 break;
|
|
|
4186 }
|
|
|
4187 #endif
|
|
|
4188 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
|
4189 break;
|
|
|
4190 }
|
|
|
4191 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
|
4192 {
|
|
|
4193 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
4194 {
|
|
|
4195 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
4196 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4197 }
|
|
|
4198 else
|
|
|
4199 {
|
|
|
4200 cc = nc;
|
|
|
4201 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4202 }
|
|
|
4203 }
|
|
|
4204
|
|
|
4205 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
4206 cc = '\n';
|
|
221
|
4207 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4208 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
|
|
|
4209 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
|
|
|
4210 second byte will cause trouble! */
|
|
|
4211 #endif
|
|
7
|
4212
|
|
|
4213 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
4214 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4215 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
4216 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
4217 #endif
|
|
|
4218 if (nc)
|
|
|
4219 vungetc(nc);
|
|
|
4220 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
|
4221 return cc;
|
|
|
4222 }
|
|
|
4223
|
|
|
4224 /*
|
|
|
4225 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
|
4226 */
|
|
|
4227 static void
|
|
|
4228 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
|
4229 int c;
|
|
|
4230 int allow_modmask;
|
|
|
4231 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
|
4232 {
|
|
|
4233 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4234 int len;
|
|
|
4235
|
|
|
4236 /*
|
|
|
4237 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
|
4238 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
|
4239 * mode.
|
|
|
4240 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
|
4241 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
|
4242 */
|
|
|
4243 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
4244 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
|
4245 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
|
4246 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
|
4247 #endif
|
|
|
4248 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
|
4249 {
|
|
|
4250 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
|
4251 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
4252 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
|
4253 if (len > 2)
|
|
|
4254 {
|
|
|
4255 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4256 return;
|
|
|
4257 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4258 ins_str(p);
|
|
620
|
4259 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1);
|
|
7
|
4260 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
|
4261 }
|
|
|
4262 }
|
|
|
4263 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
4264 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
|
4265 }
|
|
|
4266
|
|
|
4267 /*
|
|
|
4268 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
|
4269 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
|
4270 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
|
4271 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
|
4272 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
|
4273 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
|
4274 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
|
4275 */
|
|
|
4276 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
4277 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4278 #else
|
|
|
4279 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4280 #endif
|
|
|
4281
|
|
|
4282 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4283 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
|
4284 #else
|
|
|
4285 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
|
4286 #endif
|
|
|
4287
|
|
|
4288 void
|
|
|
4289 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
|
4290 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
|
4291 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
|
4292 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
|
4293 {
|
|
|
4294 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
4295 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4296 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4297 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
|
4298 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4299 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
|
4300 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
|
4301 #endif
|
|
|
4302 int fo_white_par;
|
|
|
4303 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
4304 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
|
4305 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4306 int fo_multibyte;
|
|
|
4307 #endif
|
|
|
4308 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
|
4309 int cc;
|
|
|
4310
|
|
|
4311 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
|
4312 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
4313 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4314 fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
|
4315 #endif
|
|
|
4316 fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
|
4317
|
|
|
4318 /*
|
|
|
4319 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
|
4320 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
|
4321 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
|
4322 * ends in white space.
|
|
|
4323 * - Otherwise:
|
|
|
4324 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
|
4325 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
|
4326 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
4327 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
|
4328 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
|
4329 * before the insert.
|
|
|
4330 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
|
4331 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
|
4332 */
|
|
|
4333 if (textwidth
|
|
|
4334 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4335 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
|
4336 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4337 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4338 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4339 #endif
|
|
|
4340 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4341 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4342 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
|
4343 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4344 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
|
4345 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
|
4346 ))))))
|
|
|
4347 {
|
|
|
4348 /*
|
|
|
4349 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
|
4350 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
|
4351 */
|
|
|
4352 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
4353 {
|
|
|
4354 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4355 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4356 {
|
|
|
4357 save_char = cc;
|
|
|
4358 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
|
4359 }
|
|
|
4360 }
|
|
|
4361
|
|
|
4362 /*
|
|
|
4363 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
|
4364 */
|
|
|
4365 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
4366 {
|
|
|
4367 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
|
4368 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
|
4369 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
|
4370 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
|
4371 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4372 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
|
4373 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4374 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
|
4375 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
|
4376 #endif
|
|
|
4377 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
4378
|
|
|
4379 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4380 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4381 break;
|
|
|
4382
|
|
|
4383 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4384 if (no_leader)
|
|
|
4385 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
|
4386 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4387 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
|
4388 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
|
4389
|
|
|
4390 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4391 if (do_comments)
|
|
|
4392 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4393 else
|
|
|
4394 leader_len = 0;
|
|
|
4395
|
|
|
4396 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
|
4397 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
|
4398 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
|
4399 * to start with %. */
|
|
|
4400 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
|
4401 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
|
4402 #endif
|
|
|
4403 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4404 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4405 && leader_len == 0
|
|
|
4406 #endif
|
|
|
4407 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
|
4408
|
|
|
4409 {
|
|
|
4410 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4411 break;
|
|
|
4412 }
|
|
|
4413 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
|
4414 break;
|
|
|
4415
|
|
|
4416 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
|
4417 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
|
4418 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4419
|
|
|
4420 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
|
4421 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4422 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4423 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4424 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
4425 #endif
|
|
|
4426 foundcol = 0;
|
|
|
4427
|
|
|
4428 /*
|
|
|
4429 * Find position to break at.
|
|
|
4430 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
|
4431 */
|
|
|
4432 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
|
4433 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4434 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
4435 {
|
|
|
4436 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4437 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4438 {
|
|
|
4439 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
|
4440 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4441
|
|
|
4442 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
|
4443 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4444 {
|
|
|
4445 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4446 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4447 }
|
|
|
4448 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4449 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
|
4450 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4451 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4452 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
|
4453 break;
|
|
|
4454 #endif
|
|
|
4455 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
4456 {
|
|
|
4457 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
|
4458 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4459 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
|
4460
|
|
|
4461 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4462 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4463 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4464
|
|
|
4465 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4466 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
|
4467 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
4468 }
|
|
|
4469 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4470 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4471 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
474
|
4472 + (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
4473 else
|
|
|
4474 #endif
|
|
|
4475 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
|
4476 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4477 break;
|
|
|
4478 }
|
|
|
4479 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4480 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
|
4481 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4482 {
|
|
|
4483 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4484 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4485 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4486 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
|
4487 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
|
4488 break;
|
|
|
4489 }
|
|
|
4490 #endif
|
|
|
4491 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4492 break;
|
|
|
4493 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4494 }
|
|
|
4495
|
|
|
4496 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
|
4497 {
|
|
|
4498 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
|
4499 break;
|
|
|
4500 }
|
|
|
4501
|
|
|
4502 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
|
4503 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
4504
|
|
|
4505 /*
|
|
|
4506 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
|
4507 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
|
4508 * over the text instead.
|
|
|
4509 */
|
|
|
4510 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4511 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4512 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
|
4513 else
|
|
|
4514 #endif
|
|
|
4515 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
|
4516
|
|
|
4517 /*
|
|
|
4518 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
|
4519 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
|
4520 */
|
|
|
4521 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4522 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4523 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4524 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4525 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
|
4526 startcol = 0;
|
|
|
4527
|
|
|
4528 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4529 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4530 {
|
|
|
4531 /*
|
|
|
4532 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
|
4533 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
|
4534 */
|
|
|
4535 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
4536 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
4537 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
|
4538 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
|
4539 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
|
4540
|
|
|
4541 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
|
4542 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4543 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
|
4544 }
|
|
|
4545 else
|
|
|
4546 #endif
|
|
|
4547 {
|
|
|
4548 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
|
4549 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4550 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4551 }
|
|
|
4552
|
|
|
4553 /*
|
|
|
4554 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
|
4555 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
|
4556 */
|
|
|
4557 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
|
4558 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
|
4559 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4560 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
|
4561 #endif
|
|
|
4562 , old_indent);
|
|
|
4563 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
4564
|
|
|
4565 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
4566 if (first_line)
|
|
|
4567 {
|
|
|
4568 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
|
4569 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
|
4570 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
|
4571 {
|
|
|
4572 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4573 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4574 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
4575 else
|
|
|
4576 #endif
|
|
|
4577 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
4578 }
|
|
|
4579 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
|
4580 }
|
|
|
4581
|
|
|
4582 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4583 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4584 {
|
|
|
4585 /*
|
|
|
4586 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
|
4587 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
|
4588 */
|
|
|
4589 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
|
4590 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
|
4591 }
|
|
|
4592 else
|
|
|
4593 #endif
|
|
|
4594 {
|
|
|
4595 /*
|
|
|
4596 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
|
4597 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
|
4598 */
|
|
|
4599 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
|
4600 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4601 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
|
4602 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
4603 }
|
|
|
4604
|
|
|
4605 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
4606 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4607 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
4608 #endif
|
|
|
4609 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
|
4610 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4611 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4612 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4613 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4614 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4615 #endif
|
|
|
4616 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
4617 }
|
|
|
4618
|
|
|
4619 if (save_char) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
|
4620 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
|
4621
|
|
|
4622 if (c == NUL) /* formatting only */
|
|
|
4623 return;
|
|
|
4624 if (haveto_redraw)
|
|
|
4625 {
|
|
|
4626 update_topline();
|
|
|
4627 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
|
4628 }
|
|
|
4629 }
|
|
|
4630 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
|
4631 return;
|
|
|
4632
|
|
|
4633 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4634 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
|
4635 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4636 {
|
|
|
4637 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4638 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
4639 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
|
4640 int i;
|
|
|
4641
|
|
|
4642 /*
|
|
|
4643 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
|
4644 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
|
4645 */
|
|
|
4646 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
|
4647 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
|
4648 {
|
|
|
4649 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
|
4650 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
4651 ++p;
|
|
|
4652 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4653 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
|
4654 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
|
4655 --middle_len;
|
|
|
4656
|
|
|
4657 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
|
4658 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
4659 ++p;
|
|
|
4660 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4661
|
|
|
4662 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
|
4663 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4664 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
4665 ;
|
|
|
4666 i++;
|
|
|
4667
|
|
|
4668 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
|
4669 i -= middle_len;
|
|
|
4670
|
|
|
4671 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
|
4672 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4673 {
|
|
|
4674 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
|
4675 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
4676
|
|
|
4677 /*
|
|
|
4678 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
|
4679 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
|
4680 */
|
|
|
4681 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
|
4682 }
|
|
|
4683 }
|
|
|
4684 }
|
|
|
4685 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
4686 #endif
|
|
|
4687
|
|
|
4688 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4689 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4690 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4691 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4692 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4693 #endif
|
|
|
4694
|
|
|
4695 /*
|
|
|
4696 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
|
4697 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
|
4698 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
|
4699 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
|
4700 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
|
4701 */
|
|
|
4702 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4703 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4704 #endif
|
|
|
4705
|
|
|
4706 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4707 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4708 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4709 #endif
|
|
|
4710 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
|
4711 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4712 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4713 && !cindent_on()
|
|
|
4714 #endif
|
|
|
4715 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4716 && !p_ri
|
|
|
4717 #endif
|
|
|
4718 )
|
|
|
4719 {
|
|
|
4720 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
|
4721 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
|
4722 int i;
|
|
|
4723 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
|
4724
|
|
|
4725 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
4726 i = 1;
|
|
|
4727 if (textwidth)
|
|
|
4728 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4729 /*
|
|
|
4730 * Stop the string when:
|
|
|
4731 * - no more chars available
|
|
|
4732 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
|
4733 * - buffer is full
|
|
|
4734 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
|
4735 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
|
4736 */
|
|
|
4737 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
|
4738 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4739 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4740 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4741 #endif
|
|
|
4742 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
|
4743 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
|
4744 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4745 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
|
4746 {
|
|
|
4747 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4748 c = vgetc();
|
|
|
4749 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4750 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
4751 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
4752 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4753 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
4754 # endif
|
|
|
4755 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
|
4756 #else
|
|
|
4757 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
|
4758 #endif
|
|
|
4759 }
|
|
|
4760
|
|
|
4761 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
4762 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
4763 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
|
4764 #endif
|
|
|
4765 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
4766 ins_str(buf);
|
|
|
4767 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4768 {
|
|
|
4769 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
|
4770 i = 1;
|
|
|
4771 }
|
|
|
4772 else
|
|
|
4773 i = 0;
|
|
|
4774 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
620
|
4775 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1);
|
|
7
|
4776 }
|
|
|
4777 else
|
|
|
4778 {
|
|
|
4779 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4780 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
4781 {
|
|
|
4782 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
4783
|
|
|
4784 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
4785 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
4786 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
4787 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4788 }
|
|
|
4789 else
|
|
|
4790 #endif
|
|
|
4791 {
|
|
|
4792 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
4793 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4794 redo_literal(c);
|
|
|
4795 else
|
|
|
4796 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4797 }
|
|
|
4798 }
|
|
|
4799 }
|
|
|
4800
|
|
|
4801 /*
|
|
|
4802 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
|
4803 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
|
4804 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
|
4805 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
|
4806 * saved here.
|
|
|
4807 */
|
|
|
4808 void
|
|
|
4809 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
|
4810 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
|
4811 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
|
4812 {
|
|
|
4813 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4814 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4815 char_u *old;
|
|
|
4816 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
|
4817 int wasatend;
|
|
301
|
4818 int cc;
|
|
7
|
4819
|
|
|
4820 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
|
4821 return;
|
|
|
4822
|
|
|
4823 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4824 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4825
|
|
|
4826 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
4827 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
4828
|
|
|
4829 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
|
4830 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
|
4831 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
|
4832 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
|
4833 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
|
4834 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
|
4835 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
|
4836 {
|
|
|
4837 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
4838 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4839 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
4840 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
7
|
4841 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
4842 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4843 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
4844 {
|
|
|
4845 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4846 return;
|
|
|
4847 }
|
|
|
4848 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4849 }
|
|
|
4850
|
|
|
4851 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4852 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
|
4853 * comments. */
|
|
|
4854 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
|
4855 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
|
4856 return;
|
|
|
4857 #endif
|
|
|
4858
|
|
|
4859 /*
|
|
|
4860 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
|
4861 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
|
4862 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
|
4863 */
|
|
|
4864 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
4865 {
|
|
|
4866 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4867 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4868 return;
|
|
|
4869 }
|
|
|
4870
|
|
|
4871 /*
|
|
|
4872 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
|
4873 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
|
4874 */
|
|
|
4875 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4876 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
|
|
|
4877 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
|
4878 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
4879
|
|
|
4880 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
4881 {
|
|
|
4882 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
|
4883 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
4884 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
4885 }
|
|
|
4886 else
|
|
|
4887 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
4888
|
|
|
4889 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
|
4890 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
|
4891 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
|
4892 * formatted. */
|
|
|
4893 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
4894 {
|
|
|
4895 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4896 len = STRLEN(new);
|
|
|
4897 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
|
4898 {
|
|
|
4899 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
|
4900 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
|
4901 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4902 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
|
4903 /* remove the space later */
|
|
|
4904 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
4905 }
|
|
|
4906 else
|
|
|
4907 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
4908 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
4909 }
|
|
|
4910
|
|
|
4911 check_cursor();
|
|
|
4912 }
|
|
|
4913
|
|
|
4914 /*
|
|
|
4915 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
|
4916 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
|
4917 * position.
|
|
|
4918 */
|
|
|
4919 static void
|
|
|
4920 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
|
4921 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
|
4922 {
|
|
|
4923 int c = ' ';
|
|
301
|
4924 int cc;
|
|
7
|
4925
|
|
|
4926 if (did_add_space)
|
|
|
4927 {
|
|
301
|
4928 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4929 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
4930 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
|
4931 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
4932 else
|
|
|
4933 {
|
|
|
4934 if (!end_insert)
|
|
|
4935 {
|
|
|
4936 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4937 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4938 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4939 }
|
|
|
4940 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
4941 {
|
|
|
4942 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
|
4943 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
4944 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
4945 }
|
|
|
4946 }
|
|
|
4947 }
|
|
|
4948 }
|
|
|
4949
|
|
|
4950 /*
|
|
|
4951 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
|
4952 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
|
4953 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
|
4954 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
|
4955 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
|
4956 */
|
|
|
4957 int
|
|
|
4958 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
|
4959 int ff; /* force formatting (for "Q" command) */
|
|
|
4960 {
|
|
|
4961 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4962
|
|
|
4963 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
4964 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
|
4965 {
|
|
|
4966 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
|
4967 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
|
4968 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
|
4969 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
4970 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
4971 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
4972 #endif
|
|
|
4973 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4974 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
|
4975 #endif
|
|
|
4976 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
|
4977 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
|
4978 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
4979 || usingNetbeans
|
|
|
4980 # endif
|
|
|
4981 )
|
|
|
4982 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
4983 #endif
|
|
|
4984 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
|
4985 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
|
4986 }
|
|
|
4987 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
|
4988 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4989 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
|
4990 {
|
|
|
4991 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
|
4992 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
|
4993 textwidth = 79;
|
|
|
4994 }
|
|
|
4995 return textwidth;
|
|
|
4996 }
|
|
|
4997
|
|
|
4998 /*
|
|
|
4999 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
|
5000 */
|
|
|
5001 static void
|
|
|
5002 redo_literal(c)
|
|
|
5003 int c;
|
|
|
5004 {
|
|
|
5005 char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
5006
|
|
|
5007 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
|
5008 * three digits. */
|
|
|
5009 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
5010 {
|
|
|
5011 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
|
5012 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
|
5013 }
|
|
|
5014 else
|
|
|
5015 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5016 }
|
|
|
5017
|
|
|
5018 /*
|
|
|
5019 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
|
484
|
5020 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
|
7
|
5021 */
|
|
|
5022 static void
|
|
|
5023 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
|
5024 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
5025 {
|
|
|
5026 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
|
5027 {
|
|
|
5028 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
|
5029 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
|
5030 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
|
5031 }
|
|
221
|
5032 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
5033 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
5034 #endif
|
|
7
|
5035 }
|
|
|
5036
|
|
221
|
5037 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
5038 /*
|
|
|
5039 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
|
|
|
5040 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
|
|
|
5041 */
|
|
|
5042 static void
|
|
|
5043 check_spell_redraw()
|
|
|
5044 {
|
|
|
5045 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
5046 {
|
|
|
5047 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
|
|
|
5048
|
|
|
5049 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
5050 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
5051 }
|
|
|
5052 }
|
|
484
|
5053
|
|
|
5054 /*
|
|
|
5055 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
|
|
|
5056 * spelled word, if there is one.
|
|
|
5057 */
|
|
|
5058 static void
|
|
|
5059 spell_back_to_badword()
|
|
|
5060 {
|
|
|
5061 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5062
|
|
499
|
5063 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
484
|
5064 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
|
|
|
5065 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
5066 }
|
|
221
|
5067 #endif
|
|
|
5068
|
|
7
|
5069 /*
|
|
|
5070 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
|
5071 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
|
5072 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
|
5073 */
|
|
|
5074 int
|
|
|
5075 stop_arrow()
|
|
|
5076 {
|
|
|
5077 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
5078 {
|
|
|
5079 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
5080 {
|
|
|
5081 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
5082 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
5083 }
|
|
|
5084 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
|
5085 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5086 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
5087 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5088 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5089 {
|
|
|
5090 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5091 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
5092 }
|
|
|
5093 #endif
|
|
|
5094 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
5095 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
|
613
|
5096 new_insert_skip = 2;
|
|
7
|
5097 }
|
|
|
5098 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
|
5099 {
|
|
|
5100 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
5101 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
5102 }
|
|
|
5103
|
|
|
5104 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5105 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
|
5106 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
5107 #endif
|
|
|
5108
|
|
|
5109 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
|
5110 }
|
|
|
5111
|
|
|
5112 /*
|
|
|
5113 * do a few things to stop inserting
|
|
|
5114 */
|
|
|
5115 static void
|
|
|
5116 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
|
603
|
5117 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* where insert ended */
|
|
|
5118 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
|
7
|
5119 {
|
|
603
|
5120 int cc;
|
|
|
5121 char_u *ptr;
|
|
7
|
5122
|
|
|
5123 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
|
5124 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
|
5125
|
|
|
5126 /*
|
|
603
|
5127 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A.
|
|
|
5128 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted,
|
|
|
5129 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert".
|
|
7
|
5130 */
|
|
603
|
5131 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
615
|
5132 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL
|
|
|
5133 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip))
|
|
603
|
5134 {
|
|
|
5135 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5136 last_insert = ptr;
|
|
|
5137 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
|
5138 }
|
|
|
5139 else
|
|
|
5140 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
7
|
5141
|
|
|
5142 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
5143 {
|
|
|
5144 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
|
5145 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
|
5146 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
|
5147 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
|
10
|
5148 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
7
|
5149 {
|
|
10
|
5150 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5151
|
|
7
|
5152 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
|
5153 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
|
5154 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
|
5155 cc = 'x';
|
|
|
5156 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
5157 {
|
|
|
5158 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5159 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5160 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
10
|
5161 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
7
|
5162 }
|
|
|
5163
|
|
|
5164 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5165
|
|
10
|
5166 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5167 {
|
|
|
5168 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
5169 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5170 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5171 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
|
5172 * the "coladd". */
|
|
|
5173 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
5174 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
|
5175 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
|
5176 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
|
5177 #endif
|
|
|
5178 }
|
|
7
|
5179 }
|
|
|
5180
|
|
|
5181 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
|
5182 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
|
5183
|
|
|
5184 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
|
10
|
5185 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
|
5186 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
|
5187 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
|
5188 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
|
7
|
5189 {
|
|
10
|
5190 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5191
|
|
|
5192 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
7
|
5193 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
5194 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5195 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5196 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
|
10
|
5197 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
|
5198 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
|
5199 else if (cc != NUL)
|
|
7
|
5200 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
|
5201
|
|
|
5202 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
5203 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
|
5204 * deleted characters. */
|
|
|
5205 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
5206 {
|
|
|
5207 cc = STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5208 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
|
5209 {
|
|
|
5210 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
|
5211 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5212 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5213 # endif
|
|
|
5214 }
|
|
|
5215 }
|
|
|
5216 #endif
|
|
|
5217 }
|
|
|
5218 }
|
|
|
5219 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
5220 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
5221 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5222 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5223 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
5224 #endif
|
|
|
5225
|
|
|
5226 /* set '[ and '] to the inserted text */
|
|
|
5227 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
|
5228 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
5229 }
|
|
|
5230
|
|
|
5231 /*
|
|
|
5232 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
|
5233 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
|
5234 */
|
|
|
5235 void
|
|
|
5236 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
|
5237 int c;
|
|
|
5238 {
|
|
|
5239 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5240
|
|
|
5241 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5242 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5243 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
|
5244 #else
|
|
|
5245 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
|
5246 #endif
|
|
|
5247 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
|
5248 {
|
|
|
5249 s = last_insert;
|
|
|
5250 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
|
5251 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
|
5252 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
|
5253 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
|
5254 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
|
5255 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
|
5256 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
5257 }
|
|
|
5258 }
|
|
|
5259
|
|
359
|
5260 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5261 void
|
|
|
5262 free_last_insert()
|
|
|
5263 {
|
|
|
5264 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5265 last_insert = NULL;
|
|
|
5266 }
|
|
|
5267 #endif
|
|
|
5268
|
|
7
|
5269 /*
|
|
|
5270 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
5271 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
5272 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
|
5273 */
|
|
|
5274 char_u *
|
|
|
5275 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
|
5276 int c;
|
|
|
5277 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5278 {
|
|
|
5279 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5280 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
5281 int i;
|
|
|
5282 int len;
|
|
|
5283
|
|
|
5284 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
|
5285 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
5286 {
|
|
|
5287 c = temp[i];
|
|
|
5288 #endif
|
|
|
5289 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
|
5290 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
5291 {
|
|
|
5292 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5293 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5294 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
|
5295 }
|
|
|
5296 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
5297 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
|
5298 {
|
|
|
5299 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
|
5300 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
5301 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
5302 }
|
|
|
5303 #endif
|
|
|
5304 else
|
|
|
5305 *s++ = c;
|
|
|
5306 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5307 }
|
|
|
5308 #endif
|
|
|
5309 return s;
|
|
|
5310 }
|
|
|
5311
|
|
|
5312 /*
|
|
|
5313 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
|
5314 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
|
5315 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
|
5316 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
|
5317 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
|
5318 */
|
|
|
5319 void
|
|
|
5320 beginline(flags)
|
|
|
5321 int flags;
|
|
|
5322 {
|
|
|
5323 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
|
5324 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5325 else
|
|
|
5326 {
|
|
|
5327 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
5328 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5329 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5330 #endif
|
|
|
5331
|
|
|
5332 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
|
5333 {
|
|
|
5334 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5335
|
|
|
5336 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
|
5337 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
|
5338 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5339 }
|
|
|
5340 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5341 }
|
|
|
5342 }
|
|
|
5343
|
|
|
5344 /*
|
|
|
5345 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
|
5346 *
|
|
|
5347 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
|
5348 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line.
|
|
|
5349 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
|
5350 */
|
|
|
5351
|
|
|
5352 int
|
|
|
5353 oneright()
|
|
|
5354 {
|
|
|
5355 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5356 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5357 int l;
|
|
|
5358 #endif
|
|
|
5359
|
|
|
5360 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5361 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5362 {
|
|
|
5363 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5364
|
|
|
5365 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
|
5366 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5367 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5368 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5369 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5370 #else
|
|
|
5371 *ptr
|
|
|
5372 #endif
|
|
|
5373 ))
|
|
|
5374 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
|
5375 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5376 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
|
5377 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5378 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
5379 }
|
|
|
5380 #endif
|
|
|
5381
|
|
|
5382 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5383 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
5384 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr)) > 1)
|
|
7
|
5385 {
|
|
|
5386 /* The character under the cursor is a multi-byte character, move
|
|
|
5387 * several bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL. */
|
|
|
5388 if (ptr[l] == NUL)
|
|
|
5389 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5390 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
|
5391 }
|
|
|
5392 else
|
|
|
5393 #endif
|
|
|
5394 {
|
|
|
5395 if (*ptr++ == NUL || *ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
5396 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5397 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5398 }
|
|
|
5399
|
|
|
5400 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5401 return OK;
|
|
|
5402 }
|
|
|
5403
|
|
|
5404 int
|
|
|
5405 oneleft()
|
|
|
5406 {
|
|
|
5407 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5408 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5409 {
|
|
|
5410 int width;
|
|
|
5411 int v = getviscol();
|
|
|
5412
|
|
|
5413 if (v == 0)
|
|
|
5414 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5415
|
|
|
5416 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
5417 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
|
5418 width = 1;
|
|
|
5419 for (;;)
|
|
|
5420 {
|
|
|
5421 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
|
5422 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
|
5423 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
5424 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
|
5425 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5426 && !has_mbyte
|
|
|
5427 # endif
|
|
|
5428 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
|
5429 break;
|
|
|
5430 ++width;
|
|
|
5431 }
|
|
|
5432 # else
|
|
|
5433 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
|
5434 # endif
|
|
|
5435
|
|
|
5436 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
|
5437 {
|
|
|
5438 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5439
|
|
|
5440 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
|
5441 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5442 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5443 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5444 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5445 # else
|
|
|
5446 *ptr
|
|
|
5447 # endif
|
|
|
5448 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
|
5449 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5450 }
|
|
|
5451
|
|
|
5452 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5453 return OK;
|
|
|
5454 }
|
|
|
5455 #endif
|
|
|
5456
|
|
|
5457 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5458 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5459
|
|
|
5460 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5461 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5462
|
|
|
5463 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5464 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
|
5465 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
|
5466 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5467 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
5468 #endif
|
|
|
5469 return OK;
|
|
|
5470 }
|
|
|
5471
|
|
|
5472 int
|
|
|
5473 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5474 long n;
|
|
|
5475 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5476 {
|
|
|
5477 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5478
|
|
|
5479 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5480 {
|
|
|
5481 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
161
|
5482 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
|
|
|
5483 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5484 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5485 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5486 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
|
5487 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5488 else
|
|
|
5489 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5490 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5491 {
|
|
|
5492 /*
|
|
|
5493 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
|
5494 */
|
|
|
5495 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
|
5496 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5497
|
|
|
5498 while (n--)
|
|
|
5499 {
|
|
|
5500 /* move up one line */
|
|
|
5501 --lnum;
|
|
|
5502 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
5503 break;
|
|
|
5504 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
|
5505 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
|
5506 * in a moment. */
|
|
|
5507 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
|
5508 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5509 }
|
|
|
5510 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
|
5511 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5512 }
|
|
|
5513 else
|
|
|
5514 #endif
|
|
|
5515 lnum -= n;
|
|
|
5516 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5517 }
|
|
|
5518
|
|
|
5519 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5520 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5521
|
|
|
5522 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5523 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5524
|
|
|
5525 return OK;
|
|
|
5526 }
|
|
|
5527
|
|
|
5528 /*
|
|
|
5529 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
|
5530 */
|
|
|
5531 int
|
|
|
5532 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5533 long n;
|
|
|
5534 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5535 {
|
|
|
5536 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5537
|
|
|
5538 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5539 {
|
|
|
5540 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5541 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5542 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
|
5543 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
|
5544 #endif
|
|
161
|
5545 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
|
|
|
5546 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5547 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5548 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5549 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5550 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5551 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5552 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5553 else
|
|
|
5554 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5555 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5556 {
|
|
|
5557 linenr_T last;
|
|
|
5558
|
|
|
5559 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
|
5560 while (n--)
|
|
|
5561 {
|
|
|
5562 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
|
5563 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
|
5564 else
|
|
|
5565 ++lnum;
|
|
|
5566 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5567 break;
|
|
|
5568 }
|
|
|
5569 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5570 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5571 }
|
|
|
5572 else
|
|
|
5573 #endif
|
|
|
5574 lnum += n;
|
|
|
5575 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5576 }
|
|
|
5577
|
|
|
5578 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5579 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5580
|
|
|
5581 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5582 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5583
|
|
|
5584 return OK;
|
|
|
5585 }
|
|
|
5586
|
|
|
5587 /*
|
|
|
5588 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
|
5589 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
|
5590 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
|
5591 */
|
|
|
5592 int
|
|
|
5593 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
|
5594 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
|
5595 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
|
5596 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
|
5597 {
|
|
|
5598 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
|
5599 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5600 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5601 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
|
5602
|
|
|
5603 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
|
5604 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
5605 {
|
|
|
5606 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
|
5607 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5608 }
|
|
|
5609
|
|
|
5610 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
|
5611 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
5612 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
5613 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5614 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
|
5615
|
|
|
5616 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
|
5617 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
|
5618 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
|
5619 */
|
|
|
5620 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
|
5621 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
|
5622 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
|
5623 {
|
|
|
5624 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5625 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
|
5626 }
|
|
|
5627
|
|
|
5628 do
|
|
|
5629 {
|
|
|
5630 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
|
5631 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
|
5632 if (last)
|
|
|
5633 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
|
5634 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
|
5635 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
|
5636 }
|
|
|
5637 while (--count > 0);
|
|
|
5638
|
|
|
5639 if (last)
|
|
|
5640 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
|
5641
|
|
|
5642 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
5643 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
|
5644
|
|
|
5645 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
|
5646 if (!no_esc)
|
|
|
5647 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
|
5648
|
|
|
5649 return OK;
|
|
|
5650 }
|
|
|
5651
|
|
|
5652 char_u *
|
|
|
5653 get_last_insert()
|
|
|
5654 {
|
|
|
5655 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5656 return NULL;
|
|
|
5657 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
|
5658 }
|
|
|
5659
|
|
|
5660 /*
|
|
|
5661 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
|
5662 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
|
5663 */
|
|
|
5664 char_u *
|
|
|
5665 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
|
5666 {
|
|
|
5667 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5668 int len;
|
|
|
5669
|
|
|
5670 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5671 return NULL;
|
|
|
5672 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
|
5673 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
5674 {
|
|
|
5675 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
5676 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
|
5677 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5678 }
|
|
|
5679 return s;
|
|
|
5680 }
|
|
|
5681
|
|
|
5682 /*
|
|
|
5683 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
|
5684 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
|
5685 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
|
5686 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
|
5687 */
|
|
|
5688 static int
|
|
|
5689 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
|
5690 int c;
|
|
|
5691 {
|
|
|
5692 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
|
5693 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
|
5694 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
|
5695 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5696
|
|
|
5697 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
5698 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
|
5699 }
|
|
|
5700
|
|
|
5701 /*
|
|
|
5702 * replace-stack functions
|
|
|
5703 *
|
|
|
5704 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
|
5705 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
|
5706 *
|
|
|
5707 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
|
5708 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
|
5709 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
|
5710 *
|
|
|
5711 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
|
5712 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
|
5713 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
|
5714 *
|
|
|
5715 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
|
5716 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
|
5717 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
|
5718 */
|
|
|
5719
|
|
298
|
5720 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5721 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
|
5722 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
|
7
|
5723
|
|
|
5724 void
|
|
|
5725 replace_push(c)
|
|
|
5726 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
|
5727 {
|
|
|
5728 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5729
|
|
|
5730 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
5731 return;
|
|
|
5732 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
|
5733 {
|
|
|
5734 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
|
5735 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
|
5736 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
5737 {
|
|
|
5738 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
|
5739 return;
|
|
|
5740 }
|
|
|
5741 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
|
5742 {
|
|
|
5743 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
|
5744 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5745 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5746 }
|
|
|
5747 replace_stack = p;
|
|
|
5748 }
|
|
|
5749 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
|
5750 if (replace_offset)
|
|
|
5751 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5752 *p = c;
|
|
|
5753 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5754 }
|
|
|
5755
|
|
|
5756 /*
|
|
|
5757 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
|
5758 */
|
|
|
5759 static void
|
|
|
5760 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
|
5761 int c;
|
|
|
5762 {
|
|
|
5763 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5764
|
|
|
5765 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5766 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5767 ++replace_offset)
|
|
|
5768 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
|
5769 break;
|
|
|
5770 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
5771 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
5772 }
|
|
|
5773
|
|
|
5774 /*
|
|
|
5775 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
|
5776 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
|
5777 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
|
5778 */
|
|
|
5779 static int
|
|
|
5780 replace_pop()
|
|
|
5781 {
|
|
|
5782 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
|
5783 return -1;
|
|
|
5784 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
|
5785 }
|
|
|
5786
|
|
|
5787 /*
|
|
|
5788 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
|
5789 * encountered.
|
|
|
5790 */
|
|
|
5791 static void
|
|
|
5792 replace_join(off)
|
|
|
5793 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
|
5794 {
|
|
|
5795 int i;
|
|
|
5796
|
|
|
5797 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5798 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
|
5799 {
|
|
|
5800 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5801 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
|
5802 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
|
5803 return;
|
|
|
5804 }
|
|
|
5805 }
|
|
|
5806
|
|
|
5807 /*
|
|
|
5808 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
|
5809 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
5810 */
|
|
|
5811 static void
|
|
|
5812 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
|
5813 {
|
|
|
5814 int cc;
|
|
|
5815 int oldState = State;
|
|
|
5816
|
|
|
5817 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
|
5818 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
|
5819 {
|
|
|
5820 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5821 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
5822 #else
|
|
|
5823 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
5824 #endif
|
|
|
5825 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5826 }
|
|
|
5827 State = oldState;
|
|
|
5828 }
|
|
|
5829
|
|
|
5830 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5831 /*
|
|
|
5832 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
|
5833 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
|
5834 */
|
|
|
5835 static void
|
|
|
5836 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
|
5837 int cc;
|
|
|
5838 {
|
|
|
5839 int n;
|
|
|
5840 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
5841 int i;
|
|
|
5842 int c;
|
|
|
5843
|
|
|
5844 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
|
5845 {
|
|
|
5846 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
|
5847 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
5848 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5849 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
5850 }
|
|
|
5851 else
|
|
|
5852 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
5853
|
|
|
5854 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
5855 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
|
5856 for (;;)
|
|
|
5857 {
|
|
|
5858 c = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5859 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
|
5860 break;
|
|
|
5861 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
|
5862 {
|
|
|
5863 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
|
5864 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
5865 break;
|
|
|
5866 }
|
|
|
5867 else
|
|
|
5868 {
|
|
|
5869 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
5870 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
5871 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5872 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
|
5873 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
5874 else
|
|
|
5875 {
|
|
|
5876 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
|
5877 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
5878 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
|
5879 break;
|
|
|
5880 }
|
|
|
5881 }
|
|
|
5882 }
|
|
|
5883 }
|
|
|
5884 #endif
|
|
|
5885
|
|
|
5886 /*
|
|
|
5887 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
|
5888 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
|
5889 */
|
|
|
5890 static void
|
|
|
5891 replace_flush()
|
|
|
5892 {
|
|
|
5893 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5894 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5895 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
|
5896 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
|
5897 }
|
|
|
5898
|
|
|
5899 /*
|
|
|
5900 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
|
5901 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
|
5902 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
5903 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
|
5904 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
|
5905 */
|
|
|
5906 static void
|
|
|
5907 replace_do_bs()
|
|
|
5908 {
|
|
|
5909 int cc;
|
|
|
5910 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5911 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
|
5912 int ins_len;
|
|
|
5913 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
|
5914 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
|
5915 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5916 int i;
|
|
|
5917 int vcol;
|
|
|
5918 #endif
|
|
|
5919
|
|
|
5920 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5921 if (cc > 0)
|
|
|
5922 {
|
|
|
5923 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5924 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5925 {
|
|
|
5926 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
|
5927 * going to delete. */
|
|
|
5928 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
5929 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
|
5930 }
|
|
|
5931 #endif
|
|
|
5932 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5933 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5934 {
|
|
|
5935 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5936 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5937 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5938 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5939 # endif
|
|
|
5940 replace_push(cc);
|
|
|
5941 }
|
|
|
5942 else
|
|
|
5943 #endif
|
|
|
5944 {
|
|
|
5945 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
|
5946 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5947 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5948 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
|
5949 #endif
|
|
|
5950 }
|
|
|
5951 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
5952
|
|
|
5953 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5954 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5955 {
|
|
|
5956 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
|
5957 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5958 ins_len = STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
|
5959 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
|
5960 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
|
5961 {
|
|
|
5962 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
|
5963 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
5964 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
|
|
7
|
5965 #endif
|
|
|
5966 }
|
|
|
5967 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
|
5968
|
|
|
5969 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
|
5970 * text aligned. */
|
|
|
5971 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
|
5972 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
|
5973 {
|
|
|
5974 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5975 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
|
5976 }
|
|
|
5977 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
|
5978 }
|
|
|
5979 #endif
|
|
|
5980
|
|
|
5981 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
5982 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
5983 }
|
|
|
5984 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
|
5985 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5986 }
|
|
|
5987
|
|
|
5988 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5989 /*
|
|
|
5990 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
|
5991 */
|
|
|
5992 static int
|
|
|
5993 cindent_on()
|
|
|
5994 {
|
|
|
5995 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
5996 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5997 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
5998 # endif
|
|
|
5999 ));
|
|
|
6000 }
|
|
|
6001 #endif
|
|
|
6002
|
|
|
6003 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6004 /*
|
|
|
6005 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
|
6006 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
|
6007 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
|
6008 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
|
6009 */
|
|
|
6010
|
|
|
6011 void
|
|
|
6012 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
|
6013 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
6014 {
|
|
|
6015 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
6016 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
6017 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
|
6018 }
|
|
|
6019
|
|
|
6020 void
|
|
|
6021 fix_indent()
|
|
|
6022 {
|
|
|
6023 if (p_paste)
|
|
|
6024 return;
|
|
|
6025 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
6026 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
6027 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
6028 # endif
|
|
|
6029 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
|
6030 else
|
|
|
6031 # endif
|
|
|
6032 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6033 if (cindent_on())
|
|
|
6034 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
6035 # endif
|
|
|
6036 }
|
|
|
6037
|
|
|
6038 #endif
|
|
|
6039
|
|
|
6040 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6041 /*
|
|
|
6042 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
|
6043 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
|
6044 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
|
6045 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
|
6046 *
|
|
|
6047 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
|
6048 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
6049 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
|
6050 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
|
6051 *
|
|
|
6052 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
|
6053 */
|
|
|
6054 int
|
|
|
6055 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
|
6056 int keytyped;
|
|
|
6057 int when;
|
|
|
6058 int line_is_empty;
|
|
|
6059 {
|
|
|
6060 char_u *look;
|
|
|
6061 int try_match;
|
|
|
6062 int try_match_word;
|
|
|
6063 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6064 char_u *line;
|
|
|
6065 int icase;
|
|
|
6066 int i;
|
|
|
6067
|
|
|
6068 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6069 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
6070 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
|
6071 else
|
|
|
6072 #endif
|
|
|
6073 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
|
6074 while (*look)
|
|
|
6075 {
|
|
|
6076 /*
|
|
|
6077 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
|
6078 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
|
6079 */
|
|
|
6080 switch (when)
|
|
|
6081 {
|
|
|
6082 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
|
6083 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
|
6084 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
|
6085 }
|
|
|
6086 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
|
6087 ++look;
|
|
|
6088
|
|
|
6089 /*
|
|
|
6090 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
|
6091 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
|
6092 */
|
|
|
6093 if (*look == '0')
|
|
|
6094 {
|
|
|
6095 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
|
6096 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
|
6097 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6098 ++look;
|
|
|
6099 }
|
|
|
6100 else
|
|
|
6101 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
|
6102
|
|
|
6103 /*
|
|
|
6104 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
|
6105 */
|
|
|
6106 if (*look == '^'
|
|
|
6107 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6108 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
|
6109 #else
|
|
|
6110 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
|
6111 #endif
|
|
|
6112 )
|
|
|
6113 {
|
|
|
6114 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
|
6115 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6116 look += 2;
|
|
|
6117 }
|
|
|
6118 /*
|
|
|
6119 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
|
6120 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
|
6121 */
|
|
|
6122 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
|
6123 {
|
|
|
6124 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
|
6125 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6126 ++look;
|
|
|
6127 }
|
|
|
6128 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
|
6129 {
|
|
|
6130 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
|
6131 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6132 ++look;
|
|
|
6133 }
|
|
|
6134
|
|
|
6135 /*
|
|
|
6136 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
|
6137 * cursor.
|
|
|
6138 */
|
|
|
6139 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
|
6140 {
|
|
|
6141 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
|
6142 {
|
|
|
6143 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6144 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
|
6145 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
6146 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6147 }
|
|
|
6148 ++look;
|
|
|
6149 }
|
|
|
6150
|
|
|
6151 /*
|
|
|
6152 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
|
6153 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
|
6154 * class::method for C++).
|
|
|
6155 */
|
|
|
6156 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
|
6157 {
|
|
|
6158 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
|
6159 {
|
|
|
6160 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6161 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
|
6162 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6163 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
|
6164 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
|
6165 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
|
6166 {
|
|
|
6167 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
|
6168 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
|
6169 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
|
6170 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6171 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
|
6172 if (i)
|
|
|
6173 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6174 }
|
|
|
6175 }
|
|
|
6176 ++look;
|
|
|
6177 }
|
|
|
6178
|
|
|
6179
|
|
|
6180 /*
|
|
|
6181 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
|
6182 */
|
|
|
6183 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
|
6184 {
|
|
|
6185 if (try_match)
|
|
|
6186 {
|
|
|
6187 /*
|
|
|
6188 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
|
6189 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
|
6190 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
|
6191 */
|
|
|
6192 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
|
6193 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
|
6194 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6195
|
|
|
6196 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
|
6197 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6198 }
|
|
|
6199 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
|
6200 look++;
|
|
|
6201 while (*look == '>')
|
|
|
6202 look++;
|
|
|
6203 }
|
|
|
6204
|
|
|
6205 /*
|
|
|
6206 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
|
6207 */
|
|
|
6208 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
6209 {
|
|
|
6210 ++look;
|
|
|
6211 if (*look == '~')
|
|
|
6212 {
|
|
|
6213 icase = TRUE;
|
|
|
6214 ++look;
|
|
|
6215 }
|
|
|
6216 else
|
|
|
6217 icase = FALSE;
|
|
|
6218 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
|
6219 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
6220 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
|
6221 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
|
6222 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
|
6223 {
|
|
|
6224 int match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6225
|
|
|
6226 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
6227 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
|
6228 {
|
|
|
6229 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6230
|
|
|
6231 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
|
6232 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
|
6233 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6234 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6235 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6236 {
|
|
|
6237 char_u *n;
|
|
|
6238
|
|
|
6239 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
|
6240 {
|
|
|
6241 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
|
6242 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
|
6243 break;
|
|
|
6244 }
|
|
|
6245 }
|
|
|
6246 else
|
|
|
6247 # endif
|
|
|
6248 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
|
6249 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
|
6250 break;
|
|
|
6251 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
6252 && (icase
|
|
|
6253 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
|
6254 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
|
6255 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
6256 }
|
|
|
6257 else
|
|
|
6258 #endif
|
|
|
6259 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
|
6260 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
|
6261 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
|
6262 {
|
|
|
6263 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6264 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
|
6265 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
|
6266 && (icase
|
|
|
6267 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
|
6268 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
|
6269 == 0)
|
|
|
6270 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
6271 }
|
|
|
6272 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
|
6273 {
|
|
|
6274 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
|
6275 * word. */
|
|
|
6276 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6277 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
|
6278 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
|
6279 match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6280 }
|
|
|
6281 if (match)
|
|
|
6282 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6283 }
|
|
|
6284 look = p;
|
|
|
6285 }
|
|
|
6286
|
|
|
6287 /*
|
|
|
6288 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
|
6289 */
|
|
|
6290 else
|
|
|
6291 {
|
|
|
6292 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
|
6293 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6294 ++look;
|
|
|
6295 }
|
|
|
6296
|
|
|
6297 /*
|
|
|
6298 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
|
6299 */
|
|
|
6300 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
|
6301 }
|
|
|
6302 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6303 }
|
|
|
6304 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
6305
|
|
|
6306 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6307 /*
|
|
|
6308 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
|
6309 */
|
|
|
6310 int
|
|
|
6311 hkmap(c)
|
|
|
6312 int c;
|
|
|
6313 {
|
|
|
6314 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
|
6315 {
|
|
|
6316 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
|
6317 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
|
6318 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
|
6319 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
|
6320 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
|
6321 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
|
6322 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
|
6323 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
|
6324 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
|
6325 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
|
6326 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
|
6327 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
|
6328 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
|
6329
|
|
|
6330 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
|
6331 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6332 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
|
6333 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
|
6334 return 'X';
|
|
|
6335 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
|
6336 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
|
6337 else if (c == 246)
|
|
|
6338 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
|
6339 else if (c == 228)
|
|
|
6340 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6341 else if (c == 252)
|
|
|
6342 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6343 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6344 else if (islower(c))
|
|
|
6345 #else
|
|
|
6346 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
|
6347 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
|
6348 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
|
6349 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
|
6350 */
|
|
|
6351 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
|
6352 #endif
|
|
|
6353 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6354 else
|
|
|
6355 return c;
|
|
|
6356 }
|
|
|
6357 else
|
|
|
6358 {
|
|
|
6359 switch (c)
|
|
|
6360 {
|
|
|
6361 case '`': return ';';
|
|
|
6362 case '/': return '.';
|
|
|
6363 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
|
6364 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
|
6365 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
|
6366
|
|
|
6367 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
|
6368 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
|
6369 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
|
6370 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
|
6371 default: {
|
|
|
6372 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
|
6373
|
|
|
6374 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6375 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
|
6376 if (!islower(c))
|
|
|
6377 #else
|
|
|
6378 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
|
6379 #endif
|
|
|
6380 return c;
|
|
|
6381 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
|
6382 break;
|
|
|
6383 }
|
|
|
6384 }
|
|
|
6385
|
|
|
6386 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6387 }
|
|
|
6388 }
|
|
|
6389 #endif
|
|
|
6390
|
|
|
6391 static void
|
|
|
6392 ins_reg()
|
|
|
6393 {
|
|
|
6394 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6395 int regname;
|
|
|
6396 int literally = 0;
|
|
|
6397
|
|
|
6398 /*
|
|
|
6399 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
|
6400 */
|
|
|
6401 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
6402 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
6403 {
|
|
|
6404 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
6405 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
6406
|
|
|
6407 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
|
6408 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6409 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6410 #endif
|
|
|
6411 }
|
|
|
6412
|
|
|
6413 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
6414 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
6415 #endif
|
|
|
6416
|
|
|
6417 /*
|
|
|
6418 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6419 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6420 */
|
|
|
6421 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6422 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6423 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6424 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6425 #endif
|
|
|
6426 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6427 {
|
|
|
6428 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
|
6429 literally = regname;
|
|
|
6430 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6431 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
|
6432 #endif
|
|
|
6433 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6434 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6435 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6436 #endif
|
|
|
6437 }
|
|
|
6438 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6439
|
|
|
6440 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6441 /*
|
|
|
6442 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
|
6443 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
|
6444 */
|
|
|
6445 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6446 if (regname == '=')
|
|
|
6447 {
|
|
133
|
6448 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6449 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
|
133
|
6450 # endif
|
|
7
|
6451 regname = get_expr_register();
|
|
133
|
6452 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6453 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
|
6454 if (im_on)
|
|
|
6455 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
133
|
6456 # endif
|
|
7
|
6457 }
|
|
140
|
6458 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
|
|
|
6459 {
|
|
|
6460 vim_beep();
|
|
7
|
6461 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
140
|
6462 }
|
|
7
|
6463 else
|
|
|
6464 {
|
|
|
6465 #endif
|
|
|
6466 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6467 {
|
|
|
6468 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
|
6469 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6470 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
|
6471 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
|
6472
|
|
|
6473 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
|
6474 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
6475 }
|
|
|
6476 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6477 {
|
|
|
6478 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6479 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6480 }
|
|
133
|
6481 else if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
6482 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
|
|
|
6483 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
|
|
|
6484 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6485 need_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6486
|
|
7
|
6487 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6488 }
|
|
|
6489 --no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6490 #endif
|
|
|
6491 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6492 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
6493 #endif
|
|
|
6494
|
|
|
6495 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6496 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
|
6497 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
6498 }
|
|
|
6499
|
|
|
6500 /*
|
|
|
6501 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6502 */
|
|
|
6503 static void
|
|
|
6504 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
|
6505 {
|
|
|
6506 int c;
|
|
|
6507
|
|
|
6508 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
6509 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
|
6510 setcursor();
|
|
|
6511 #endif
|
|
|
6512
|
|
|
6513 /*
|
|
|
6514 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6515 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6516 */
|
|
|
6517 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6518 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6519 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6520 switch (c)
|
|
|
6521 {
|
|
|
6522 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6523 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6524 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
6525 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
|
6526 break;
|
|
|
6527
|
|
|
6528 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6529 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6530 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
|
6531 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
|
6532 break;
|
|
|
6533
|
|
|
6534 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
|
6535 case 'u': u_sync();
|
|
|
6536 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
626
|
6537
|
|
|
6538 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins
|
|
|
6539 * aline to the previous one must save for undo. */
|
|
|
6540 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7
|
6541 break;
|
|
|
6542
|
|
|
6543 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
|
6544 default: vim_beep();
|
|
|
6545 }
|
|
|
6546 }
|
|
|
6547
|
|
|
6548 /*
|
|
449
|
6549 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6550 */
|
|
|
6551 static void
|
|
|
6552 ins_ctrl_hat()
|
|
|
6553 {
|
|
|
6554 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6555 {
|
|
|
6556 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
|
6557 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
6558 {
|
|
|
6559 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
6560 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6561 }
|
|
|
6562 else
|
|
|
6563 {
|
|
|
6564 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
6565 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6566 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6567 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6568 #endif
|
|
|
6569 }
|
|
|
6570 }
|
|
|
6571 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6572 else
|
|
|
6573 {
|
|
|
6574 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
|
6575 if (im_get_status())
|
|
|
6576 {
|
|
|
6577 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
6578 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6579 }
|
|
|
6580 else
|
|
|
6581 {
|
|
|
6582 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
|
6583 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6584 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
6585 }
|
|
|
6586 }
|
|
|
6587 #endif
|
|
|
6588 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
|
6589 showmode();
|
|
|
6590 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6591 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
|
6592 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6593 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
6594 #endif
|
|
|
6595 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
|
6596 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
|
6597 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
|
6598 #endif
|
|
|
6599 }
|
|
|
6600
|
|
|
6601 /*
|
|
7
|
6602 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
|
6603 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
|
6604 * insert.
|
|
|
6605 */
|
|
|
6606 static int
|
|
477
|
6607 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
|
|
7
|
6608 long *count;
|
|
|
6609 int cmdchar;
|
|
477
|
6610 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */
|
|
7
|
6611 {
|
|
|
6612 int temp;
|
|
|
6613 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6614
|
|
449
|
6615 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
6616 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
6617 #endif
|
|
7
|
6618 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
|
6619 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
|
6620 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
|
6621 # endif
|
|
|
6622 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
6623 {
|
|
|
6624 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
|
6625 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
|
6626 }
|
|
|
6627 #endif
|
|
|
6628
|
|
|
6629 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6630 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
|
6631 {
|
|
|
6632 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6633 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6634 }
|
|
|
6635 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
6636 {
|
|
|
6637 /*
|
|
|
6638 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
|
75
|
6639 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
|
6640 * when "count" is non-zero.
|
|
7
|
6641 */
|
|
|
6642 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
75
|
6643 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
|
|
7
|
6644
|
|
|
6645 /*
|
|
|
6646 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
|
6647 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
|
6648 */
|
|
|
6649 if (*count > 0)
|
|
|
6650 {
|
|
|
6651 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
6652 if (got_int)
|
|
|
6653 *count = 0;
|
|
|
6654 }
|
|
|
6655
|
|
|
6656 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
|
6657 {
|
|
164
|
6658 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
|
|
|
6659 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
|
|
|
6660 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
|
|
|
6661
|
|
7
|
6662 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
|
6663 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
6664 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
|
6665 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6666 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6667 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
|
6668 }
|
|
|
6669 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
|
6670 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6671 }
|
|
|
6672
|
|
|
6673 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
|
6674 * indent */
|
|
|
6675 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6676 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6677
|
|
|
6678 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
|
6679 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
6680 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6681
|
|
|
6682 /*
|
|
|
6683 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
|
477
|
6684 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
|
|
7
|
6685 */
|
|
477
|
6686 if (!nomove
|
|
|
6687 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
|
7
|
6688 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6689 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
|
6690 #endif
|
|
477
|
6691 )
|
|
|
6692 && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
|
6693 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
7
|
6694 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
477
|
6695 && !VIsual_active
|
|
|
6696 #endif
|
|
|
6697 ))
|
|
7
|
6698 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6699 && !revins_on
|
|
|
6700 #endif
|
|
|
6701 )
|
|
|
6702 {
|
|
|
6703 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6704 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
6705 {
|
|
|
6706 oneleft();
|
|
|
6707 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6708 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
6709 }
|
|
|
6710 else
|
|
|
6711 #endif
|
|
|
6712 {
|
|
|
6713 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6714 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6715 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
6716 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6717 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
6718 #endif
|
|
|
6719 }
|
|
|
6720 }
|
|
|
6721
|
|
|
6722 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6723 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
|
6724 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
|
6725 * well). */
|
|
|
6726 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6727 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
|
6728 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6729 #endif
|
|
|
6730
|
|
|
6731 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
6732 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
|
6733 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
6734
|
|
|
6735 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
6736 setmouse();
|
|
|
6737 #endif
|
|
|
6738 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
6739 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
6740 #endif
|
|
|
6741
|
|
|
6742 /*
|
|
|
6743 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
|
6744 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
|
6745 */
|
|
|
6746 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6747 showmode();
|
|
|
6748 else if (p_smd)
|
|
|
6749 MSG("");
|
|
|
6750
|
|
|
6751 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
|
6752 }
|
|
|
6753
|
|
|
6754 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6755 /*
|
|
|
6756 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
|
6757 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
|
6758 */
|
|
|
6759 static void
|
|
|
6760 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
|
6761 {
|
|
|
6762 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
|
6763 {
|
|
|
6764 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
|
6765 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6766 }
|
|
|
6767 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
|
6768 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
6769 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
6770 {
|
|
|
6771 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6772 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
6773 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
6774 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6775 }
|
|
|
6776 else
|
|
|
6777 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
6778 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
6779 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
|
6780 {
|
|
|
6781 /*
|
|
|
6782 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
|
6783 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
|
6784 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
|
6785 */
|
|
|
6786 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
6787 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
|
6788 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
|
6789 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
6790 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
6791 }
|
|
|
6792 else
|
|
|
6793 #endif
|
|
|
6794 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
|
6795 showmode();
|
|
|
6796 }
|
|
|
6797 #endif
|
|
|
6798
|
|
|
6799 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
6800 /*
|
|
|
6801 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
|
6802 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
|
6803 */
|
|
|
6804 static int
|
|
|
6805 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
|
6806 int c;
|
|
|
6807 {
|
|
|
6808 if (km_startsel)
|
|
|
6809 switch (c)
|
|
|
6810 {
|
|
|
6811 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
6812 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
6813 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
6814 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
6815 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
6816 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
6817 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
6818 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
6819 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6820 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6821 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6822 case K_END:
|
|
|
6823 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
6824 # endif
|
|
|
6825 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
6826 break;
|
|
|
6827 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
6828 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
6829 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6830 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
6831 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
6832 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
6833 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
6834 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
|
6835 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
|
6836 start_selection();
|
|
|
6837
|
|
|
6838 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
|
6839 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
|
6840 if (mod_mask)
|
|
|
6841 {
|
|
|
6842 char_u buf[4];
|
|
|
6843
|
|
|
6844 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
6845 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
6846 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
|
6847 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
|
6848 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
|
6849 }
|
|
|
6850 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
6851 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6852 }
|
|
|
6853 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6854 }
|
|
|
6855 #endif
|
|
|
6856
|
|
|
6857 /*
|
|
449
|
6858 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
|
|
|
6859 */
|
|
|
6860 static void
|
|
|
6861 ins_insert(replaceState)
|
|
|
6862 int replaceState;
|
|
|
6863 {
|
|
|
6864 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
6865 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
6866 {
|
|
|
6867 beep_flush();
|
|
|
6868 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
6869 return;
|
|
|
6870 }
|
|
|
6871 #endif
|
|
|
6872
|
|
|
6873 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
532
|
6874 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
449
|
6875 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
|
6876 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
|
|
6877 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : "r"), 1);
|
|
532
|
6878 # endif
|
|
449
|
6879 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
6880 #endif
|
|
|
6881 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6882 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
6883 else
|
|
|
6884 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
6885 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
|
6886 showmode();
|
|
|
6887 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
6888 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
6889 #endif
|
|
|
6890 }
|
|
|
6891
|
|
|
6892 /*
|
|
|
6893 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6894 */
|
|
|
6895 static void
|
|
|
6896 ins_ctrl_o()
|
|
|
6897 {
|
|
|
6898 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6899 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6900 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
|
6901 else
|
|
|
6902 #endif
|
|
|
6903 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6904 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
|
6905 else
|
|
|
6906 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
|
6907 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6908 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
6909 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
|
6910 else
|
|
|
6911 #endif
|
|
|
6912 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
|
6913 }
|
|
|
6914
|
|
|
6915 /*
|
|
7
|
6916 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
|
6917 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
|
6918 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
|
|
|
6919 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
|
6920 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
|
6921 */
|
|
|
6922 static void
|
|
|
6923 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
|
6924 int c;
|
|
|
6925 int lastc;
|
|
|
6926 {
|
|
|
6927 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6928 return;
|
|
|
6929 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
6930
|
|
|
6931 /*
|
|
|
6932 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
|
6933 */
|
|
|
6934 if ((lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') && curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6935 {
|
|
|
6936 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6937 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
|
6938 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
|
6939 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6940 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6941 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
|
6942 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
|
6943 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
6944 }
|
|
|
6945 else
|
|
|
6946 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
6947
|
|
|
6948 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
|
6949 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6950 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6951 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6952 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6953 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6954 #endif
|
|
|
6955 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6956 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
|
6957 #endif
|
|
|
6958 }
|
|
|
6959
|
|
|
6960 static void
|
|
|
6961 ins_del()
|
|
|
6962 {
|
|
|
6963 int temp;
|
|
|
6964
|
|
|
6965 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6966 return;
|
|
|
6967 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
|
6968 {
|
|
|
6969 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6970 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
|
6971 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
|
6972 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
|
6973 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6974 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6975 else
|
|
|
6976 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6977 }
|
|
|
6978 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
|
6979 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6980 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6981 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6982 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6983 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6984 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6985 #endif
|
|
|
6986 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
|
6987 }
|
|
|
6988
|
|
|
6989 /*
|
|
|
6990 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6991 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
|
6992 */
|
|
|
6993 static int
|
|
|
6994 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
|
6995 int c;
|
|
|
6996 int mode;
|
|
|
6997 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
|
6998 {
|
|
|
6999 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
7000 int cc;
|
|
|
7001 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
7002 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
7003 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
7004 int in_indent;
|
|
|
7005 int oldState;
|
|
|
7006 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7007 int p1, p2;
|
|
|
7008 #endif
|
|
|
7009
|
|
|
7010 /*
|
|
|
7011 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
|
7012 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
|
7013 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
|
7014 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
|
7015 */
|
|
|
7016 if ( bufempty()
|
|
|
7017 || (
|
|
|
7018 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7019 !revins_on &&
|
|
|
7020 #endif
|
|
|
7021 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
7022 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
|
7023 && (arrow_used
|
|
|
7024 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7025 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
|
7026 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
|
7027 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
|
7028 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
|
7029 {
|
|
|
7030 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7031 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7032 }
|
|
|
7033
|
|
|
7034 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7035 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7036 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
|
7037 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7038 if (in_indent)
|
|
|
7039 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
7040 #endif
|
|
|
7041 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
7042 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
|
7043 #endif
|
|
|
7044 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7045 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
|
7046 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7047 #endif
|
|
|
7048
|
|
|
7049 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7050 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
|
7051 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
|
7052 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
|
7053 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
|
7054 */
|
|
|
7055 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
7056 {
|
|
|
7057 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
7058 {
|
|
|
7059 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
7060 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7061 }
|
|
|
7062 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
|
7063 {
|
|
|
7064 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7065 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7066 }
|
|
|
7067 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7068 }
|
|
|
7069 #endif
|
|
|
7070
|
|
|
7071 /*
|
|
|
7072 * delete newline!
|
|
|
7073 */
|
|
|
7074 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
7075 {
|
|
|
7076 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
7077 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7078 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7079 || revins_on
|
|
|
7080 #endif
|
|
|
7081 )
|
|
|
7082 {
|
|
|
7083 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
|
7084 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7085 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7086 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
7087 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
7088 }
|
|
|
7089 /*
|
|
|
7090 * In replace mode:
|
|
|
7091 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
7092 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
|
7093 */
|
|
|
7094 cc = -1;
|
|
|
7095 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7096 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
|
7097 /*
|
|
|
7098 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
|
7099 * cursor.
|
|
|
7100 */
|
|
|
7101 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
7102 {
|
|
|
7103 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7104 }
|
|
|
7105 else
|
|
|
7106 {
|
|
|
7107 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7108 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7109 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
|
7110 #endif
|
|
|
7111 {
|
|
|
7112 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
|
7113 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
278
|
7114
|
|
|
7115 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
|
|
|
7116 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
|
|
|
7117 * again when auto-formatting. */
|
|
|
7118 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
|
|
|
7119 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
7120 {
|
|
|
7121 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
7122 TRUE);
|
|
|
7123 int len;
|
|
|
7124
|
|
|
7125 len = STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
7126 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
|
7127 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
7128 }
|
|
|
7129
|
|
7
|
7130 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
|
7131 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
7132 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7133 }
|
|
|
7134 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7135 else
|
|
|
7136 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7137 #endif
|
|
|
7138
|
|
|
7139 /*
|
|
|
7140 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
|
7141 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
|
7142 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
|
7143 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
|
7144 */
|
|
|
7145 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7146 {
|
|
|
7147 /*
|
|
|
7148 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
|
7149 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
|
7150 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
|
7151 */
|
|
|
7152 oldState = State;
|
|
|
7153 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
7154 /*
|
|
|
7155 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
|
7156 */
|
|
|
7157 while (cc > 0)
|
|
|
7158 {
|
|
|
7159 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7160 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7161 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
7162 #else
|
|
|
7163 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
7164 #endif
|
|
|
7165 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7166 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
7167 }
|
|
|
7168 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
|
7169 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
7170 State = oldState;
|
|
|
7171 }
|
|
|
7172 }
|
|
|
7173 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7174 }
|
|
|
7175 else
|
|
|
7176 {
|
|
|
7177 /*
|
|
|
7178 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
|
7179 */
|
|
|
7180 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7181 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
|
7182 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7183 #endif
|
|
|
7184 mincol = 0;
|
|
|
7185 /* keep indent */
|
|
|
7186 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE && curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
7187 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7188 && !revins_on
|
|
|
7189 #endif
|
|
|
7190 )
|
|
|
7191 {
|
|
|
7192 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7193 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
7194 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
|
7195 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7196 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7197 }
|
|
|
7198
|
|
|
7199 /*
|
|
|
7200 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
|
7201 */
|
|
|
7202 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
|
7203 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
|
7204 || (curbuf->b_p_sts
|
|
|
7205 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
|
7206 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
|
7207 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
|
7208 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
|
7209 {
|
|
|
7210 int ts;
|
|
|
7211 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
7212 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
|
7213 int extra = 0;
|
|
|
7214
|
|
|
7215 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
|
7216 if (p_sta)
|
|
|
7217 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
7218 else
|
|
|
7219 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
7220 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
|
7221 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
|
7222 * the previous character. */
|
|
|
7223 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7224 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7225 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
|
7226 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7227 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
|
7228
|
|
|
7229 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
|
7230 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
|
7231 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
|
7232 {
|
|
|
7233 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7234 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7235 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7236 {
|
|
|
7237 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
|
7238 * Replace mode */
|
|
|
7239 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7240 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7241 {
|
|
|
7242 #if 0 /* what was this for? It causes problems when sw != ts. */
|
|
|
7243 if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
7244 {
|
|
|
7245 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7246 extra = 2; /* don't pop too much */
|
|
|
7247 }
|
|
|
7248 else
|
|
|
7249 #endif
|
|
|
7250 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
7251 }
|
|
|
7252 }
|
|
|
7253 else
|
|
|
7254 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7255 }
|
|
|
7256
|
|
|
7257 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
|
7258 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
7259 {
|
|
|
7260 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
|
7261 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7262 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7263 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7264
|
|
|
7265 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7266 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7267 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7268 else
|
|
|
7269 #endif
|
|
|
7270 {
|
|
|
7271 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
7272 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && extra <= 1)
|
|
|
7273 {
|
|
|
7274 if (extra)
|
|
|
7275 replace_push_off(NUL);
|
|
|
7276 else
|
|
|
7277 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7278 }
|
|
|
7279 if (extra == 2)
|
|
|
7280 extra = 1;
|
|
|
7281 }
|
|
|
7282 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7283 }
|
|
|
7284 }
|
|
|
7285
|
|
|
7286 /*
|
|
|
7287 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
|
7288 */
|
|
|
7289 else do
|
|
|
7290 {
|
|
|
7291 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7292 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
|
7293 #endif
|
|
|
7294 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7295
|
|
|
7296 /* start of word? */
|
|
|
7297 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
7298 {
|
|
|
7299 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
|
7300 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
|
7301 }
|
|
|
7302 /* end of word? */
|
|
|
7303 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
|
7304 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
7305 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
|
7306 {
|
|
|
7307 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7308 if (!revins_on)
|
|
|
7309 #endif
|
|
|
7310 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7311 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7312 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7313 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7314 #endif
|
|
|
7315 break;
|
|
|
7316 }
|
|
|
7317 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7318 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
7319 else
|
|
|
7320 {
|
|
|
7321 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7322 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
|
7323 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), &p1, &p2);
|
|
|
7324 #endif
|
|
|
7325 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7326 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7327 /*
|
|
|
7328 * If p1 or p2 is non-zero, there are combining characters we
|
|
|
7329 * need to take account of. Don't back up before the base
|
|
|
7330 * character.
|
|
|
7331 */
|
|
|
7332 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && (p1 != NUL || p2 != NUL))
|
|
|
7333 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7334 #endif
|
|
|
7335 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7336 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7337 {
|
|
|
7338 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7339 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7340 }
|
|
|
7341 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
7342 break;
|
|
|
7343 #endif
|
|
|
7344 }
|
|
|
7345 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
|
7346 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
7347 break;
|
|
|
7348 } while (
|
|
|
7349 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7350 revins_on ||
|
|
|
7351 #endif
|
|
|
7352 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
|
7353 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7354 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
|
7355 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
|
7356 }
|
|
|
7357 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7358 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7359 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7360 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7361 #endif
|
|
|
7362 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
|
7363 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7364 /*
|
|
|
7365 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
|
7366 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
|
7367 * with.
|
|
|
7368 */
|
|
|
7369 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
7370
|
|
|
7371 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
|
7372 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7373 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7374 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7375
|
|
|
7376 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
|
7377 * was there remains visible
|
|
|
7378 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
|
7379 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
|
7380 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
|
7381 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
|
7382 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
|
7383 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
|
7384 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
7385
|
|
|
7386 return did_backspace;
|
|
|
7387 }
|
|
|
7388
|
|
|
7389 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
7390 static void
|
|
|
7391 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
|
7392 int c;
|
|
|
7393 {
|
|
|
7394 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7395
|
|
|
7396 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7397 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
|
7398 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7399 # endif
|
|
|
7400 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
|
7401 return;
|
|
|
7402
|
|
|
7403 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7404 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7405 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
|
7406 {
|
|
|
7407 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7408 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7409 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7410 # endif
|
|
|
7411 }
|
|
|
7412
|
|
|
7413 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
7414 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
|
7415 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
|
7416 #endif
|
|
|
7417 }
|
|
|
7418
|
|
|
7419 static void
|
|
|
7420 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
|
7421 int up;
|
|
|
7422 {
|
|
|
7423 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7424 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7425 win_T *old_curwin;
|
|
|
7426 # endif
|
|
|
7427
|
|
|
7428 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7429
|
|
|
7430 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7431 old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
7432
|
|
|
7433 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
|
7434 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
|
7435 {
|
|
|
7436 int row, col;
|
|
|
7437
|
|
|
7438 row = mouse_row;
|
|
|
7439 col = mouse_col;
|
|
|
7440
|
|
|
7441 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
|
7442 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
|
7443 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7444 }
|
|
|
7445 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
|
7446 # endif
|
|
|
7447 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7448
|
|
|
7449 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
7450 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
|
7451 else
|
|
|
7452 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
|
7453
|
|
|
7454 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7455 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
7456
|
|
|
7457 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
7458 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7459 # endif
|
|
|
7460
|
|
|
7461 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
|
7462 {
|
|
|
7463 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7464 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7465 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7466 # endif
|
|
|
7467 }
|
|
|
7468 }
|
|
|
7469 #endif
|
|
|
7470
|
|
|
7471 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7472 void
|
|
|
7473 ins_scroll()
|
|
|
7474 {
|
|
|
7475 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7476
|
|
|
7477 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7478 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7479 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
|
7480 {
|
|
|
7481 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7482 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7483 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7484 # endif
|
|
|
7485 }
|
|
|
7486 }
|
|
|
7487
|
|
|
7488 void
|
|
|
7489 ins_horscroll()
|
|
|
7490 {
|
|
|
7491 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7492
|
|
|
7493 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7494 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7495 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
|
7496 {
|
|
|
7497 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7498 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7499 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7500 # endif
|
|
|
7501 }
|
|
|
7502 }
|
|
|
7503 #endif
|
|
|
7504
|
|
|
7505 static void
|
|
|
7506 ins_left()
|
|
|
7507 {
|
|
|
7508 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7509
|
|
|
7510 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7511 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7512 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7513 #endif
|
|
|
7514 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7515 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7516 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
|
7517 {
|
|
|
7518 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7519 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7520 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
|
7521 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
|
7522 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7523 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
7524 #endif
|
|
|
7525 }
|
|
|
7526
|
|
|
7527 /*
|
|
|
7528 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
|
7529 * previous line
|
|
|
7530 */
|
|
|
7531 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7532 {
|
|
|
7533 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7534 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
7535 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7536 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
|
7537 }
|
|
|
7538 else
|
|
|
7539 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7540 }
|
|
|
7541
|
|
|
7542 static void
|
|
|
7543 ins_home(c)
|
|
|
7544 int c;
|
|
|
7545 {
|
|
|
7546 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7547
|
|
|
7548 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7549 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7550 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7551 #endif
|
|
|
7552 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7553 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7554 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
|
7555 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
7556 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7557 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7558 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7559 #endif
|
|
|
7560 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
|
7561 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7562 }
|
|
|
7563
|
|
|
7564 static void
|
|
|
7565 ins_end(c)
|
|
|
7566 int c;
|
|
|
7567 {
|
|
|
7568 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7569
|
|
|
7570 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7571 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7572 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7573 #endif
|
|
|
7574 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7575 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7576 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
|
7577 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
7578 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7579 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
7580
|
|
|
7581 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7582 }
|
|
|
7583
|
|
|
7584 static void
|
|
|
7585 ins_s_left()
|
|
|
7586 {
|
|
|
7587 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7588 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7589 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7590 #endif
|
|
|
7591 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7592 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
7593 {
|
|
|
7594 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7595 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7596 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7597 }
|
|
|
7598 else
|
|
|
7599 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7600 }
|
|
|
7601
|
|
|
7602 static void
|
|
|
7603 ins_right()
|
|
|
7604 {
|
|
|
7605 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7606 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7607 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7608 #endif
|
|
|
7609 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7610 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
|
7611 )
|
|
|
7612 {
|
|
|
7613 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7614 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7615 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7616 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
7617 oneright();
|
|
|
7618 else
|
|
|
7619 #endif
|
|
|
7620 {
|
|
|
7621 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7622 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
474
|
7623 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
7624 else
|
|
|
7625 #endif
|
|
|
7626 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7627 }
|
|
|
7628
|
|
|
7629 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7630 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7631 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7632 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7633 #endif
|
|
|
7634 }
|
|
|
7635 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
|
7636 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
|
7637 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
|
7638 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
7639 {
|
|
|
7640 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7641 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7642 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7643 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7644 }
|
|
|
7645 else
|
|
|
7646 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7647 }
|
|
|
7648
|
|
|
7649 static void
|
|
|
7650 ins_s_right()
|
|
|
7651 {
|
|
|
7652 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7653 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7654 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7655 #endif
|
|
|
7656 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7657 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
7658 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
7659 {
|
|
|
7660 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7661 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
7662 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7663 }
|
|
|
7664 else
|
|
|
7665 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7666 }
|
|
|
7667
|
|
|
7668 static void
|
|
|
7669 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
|
7670 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7671 {
|
|
|
7672 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7673 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7674 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7675 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7676 #endif
|
|
|
7677
|
|
|
7678 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7679 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7680 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7681 {
|
|
|
7682 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7683 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7684 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7685 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7686 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7687 #endif
|
|
|
7688 )
|
|
|
7689 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7690 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7691 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7692 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7693 #endif
|
|
|
7694 }
|
|
|
7695 else
|
|
|
7696 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7697 }
|
|
|
7698
|
|
|
7699 static void
|
|
|
7700 ins_pageup()
|
|
|
7701 {
|
|
|
7702 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7703
|
|
|
7704 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7705 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7706 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7707 {
|
|
|
7708 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7709 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7710 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7711 #endif
|
|
|
7712 }
|
|
|
7713 else
|
|
|
7714 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7715 }
|
|
|
7716
|
|
|
7717 static void
|
|
|
7718 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
|
7719 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7720 {
|
|
|
7721 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7722 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7723 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7724 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7725 #endif
|
|
|
7726
|
|
|
7727 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7728 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7729 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7730 {
|
|
|
7731 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7732 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7733 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7734 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7735 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7736 #endif
|
|
|
7737 )
|
|
|
7738 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7739 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7740 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7741 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7742 #endif
|
|
|
7743 }
|
|
|
7744 else
|
|
|
7745 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7746 }
|
|
|
7747
|
|
|
7748 static void
|
|
|
7749 ins_pagedown()
|
|
|
7750 {
|
|
|
7751 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7752
|
|
|
7753 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7754 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7755 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7756 {
|
|
|
7757 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7758 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7759 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7760 #endif
|
|
|
7761 }
|
|
|
7762 else
|
|
|
7763 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7764 }
|
|
|
7765
|
|
|
7766 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
7767 static void
|
|
|
7768 ins_drop()
|
|
|
7769 {
|
|
|
7770 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
7771 }
|
|
|
7772 #endif
|
|
|
7773
|
|
|
7774 /*
|
|
|
7775 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
|
7776 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
|
7777 */
|
|
|
7778 static int
|
|
|
7779 ins_tab()
|
|
|
7780 {
|
|
|
7781 int ind;
|
|
|
7782 int i;
|
|
|
7783 int temp;
|
|
|
7784
|
|
|
7785 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
7786 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
7787 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
7788 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7789
|
|
|
7790 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
|
7791 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7792 if (ind)
|
|
|
7793 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
7794 #endif
|
|
|
7795
|
|
|
7796 /*
|
|
|
7797 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
|
7798 */
|
|
|
7799 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
|
7800 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
|
7801 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
|
7802 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7803
|
|
|
7804 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7805 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7806
|
|
|
7807 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7808 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7809 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7810 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7811 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7812 #endif
|
|
|
7813 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
|
7814
|
|
|
7815 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
7816 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
7817 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
|
7818 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
7819 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
|
7820 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
7821 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
|
7822
|
|
|
7823 /*
|
|
|
7824 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
|
7825 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
|
7826 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
|
7827 */
|
|
|
7828 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7829 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
|
7830 {
|
|
|
7831 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7832 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7833 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7834 else
|
|
|
7835 #endif
|
|
|
7836 {
|
|
|
7837 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
7838 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
|
7839 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7840 }
|
|
|
7841 }
|
|
|
7842
|
|
|
7843 /*
|
|
|
7844 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
|
7845 */
|
|
|
7846 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
|
7847 {
|
|
|
7848 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
7849 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7850 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
7851 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
7852 #endif
|
|
|
7853 pos_T fpos;
|
|
|
7854 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
|
7855 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
|
7856 int change_col = -1;
|
|
|
7857 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
7858
|
|
|
7859 /*
|
|
|
7860 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
|
7861 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
|
7862 */
|
|
|
7863 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7864 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7865 {
|
|
|
7866 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7867 cursor = &pos;
|
|
|
7868 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7869 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
|
7870 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7871 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
|
7872 }
|
|
|
7873 else
|
|
|
7874 #endif
|
|
|
7875 {
|
|
|
7876 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
7877 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7878 }
|
|
|
7879
|
|
|
7880 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
|
7881 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
7882 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
7883
|
|
|
7884 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
|
7885 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7886 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
|
7887 {
|
|
|
7888 --fpos.col;
|
|
|
7889 --ptr;
|
|
|
7890 }
|
|
|
7891
|
|
|
7892 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
|
7893 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7894 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7895 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7896 {
|
|
|
7897 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
7898 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
|
7899 }
|
|
|
7900
|
|
|
7901 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
|
7902 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7903 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7904
|
|
|
7905 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
|
7906 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
|
7907 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
|
7908 {
|
|
|
7909 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
|
7910 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
|
7911 break;
|
|
|
7912 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
|
7913 {
|
|
|
7914 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
|
7915 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
|
7916 {
|
|
|
7917 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
|
7918 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
|
7919 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7920 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
|
7921 }
|
|
|
7922 }
|
|
|
7923 ++fpos.col;
|
|
|
7924 ++ptr;
|
|
|
7925 vcol += i;
|
|
|
7926 }
|
|
|
7927
|
|
|
7928 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
|
7929 {
|
|
|
7930 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
|
7931
|
|
|
7932 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
|
7933 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
7934 {
|
|
|
7935 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
|
7936 ++ptr;
|
|
|
7937 ++repl_off;
|
|
|
7938 }
|
|
|
7939 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
|
7940 {
|
|
|
7941 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
|
7942 --ptr;
|
|
|
7943 --repl_off;
|
|
|
7944 }
|
|
|
7945 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
|
7946
|
|
|
7947 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
|
7948 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
7949 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
7950 {
|
|
|
7951 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
|
|
|
7952 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
|
7953 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7954 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7955 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7956 #endif
|
|
|
7957 )
|
|
|
7958 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
|
7959 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
|
7960 }
|
|
33
|
7961 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
7962 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
7963 {
|
|
|
7964 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
7965 (long)(i + 1));
|
|
|
7966 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
7967 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
|
|
|
7968 }
|
|
|
7969 #endif
|
|
7
|
7970 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
|
7971
|
|
|
7972 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7973 /*
|
|
|
7974 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
|
7975 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
|
7976 * spacing.
|
|
|
7977 */
|
|
|
7978 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7979 {
|
|
|
7980 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
|
7981 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
|
7982
|
|
|
7983 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
|
7984 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
|
7985 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
|
7986 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
|
7987 }
|
|
|
7988 #endif
|
|
|
7989 }
|
|
|
7990
|
|
|
7991 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7992 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7993 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
7994 #endif
|
|
|
7995 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
|
7996 }
|
|
|
7997
|
|
|
7998 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7999 }
|
|
|
8000
|
|
|
8001 /*
|
|
|
8002 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
|
8003 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
|
8004 */
|
|
|
8005 static int
|
|
|
8006 ins_eol(c)
|
|
|
8007 int c;
|
|
|
8008 {
|
|
|
8009 int i;
|
|
|
8010
|
|
|
8011 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
8012 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8013 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8014 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8015 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8016
|
|
|
8017 /*
|
|
|
8018 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
|
8019 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
|
8020 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
|
8021 */
|
|
|
8022 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8023 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8024 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8025 #endif
|
|
|
8026 )
|
|
|
8027 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
8028
|
|
|
8029 /*
|
|
|
8030 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
8031 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
8032 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
|
8033 * in open_line().
|
|
|
8034 */
|
|
|
8035
|
|
|
8036 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8037 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
8038 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
|
8039 fkmap(NL);
|
|
|
8040 # endif
|
|
|
8041 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
|
8042 * current line. */
|
|
|
8043 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
8044 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
8045 #endif
|
|
|
8046
|
|
|
8047 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
|
8048 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
|
8049 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
8050 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
|
8051 #endif
|
|
|
8052 0, old_indent);
|
|
|
8053 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
8054 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8055 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8056 #endif
|
|
|
8057
|
|
|
8058 return (!i);
|
|
|
8059 }
|
|
|
8060
|
|
|
8061 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
8062 /*
|
|
|
8063 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
|
8064 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
|
8065 * done.
|
|
|
8066 */
|
|
|
8067 static int
|
|
|
8068 ins_digraph()
|
|
|
8069 {
|
|
|
8070 int c;
|
|
|
8071 int cc;
|
|
|
8072
|
|
|
8073 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
8074 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
8075 {
|
|
|
8076 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
8077 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
8078
|
|
|
8079 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
|
8080 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8081 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
|
8082 #endif
|
|
|
8083 }
|
|
|
8084
|
|
|
8085 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
8086 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
8087 #endif
|
|
|
8088
|
|
|
8089 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
|
8090 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
|
8091 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
8092 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
8093 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
8094 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
8095 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
8096 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
|
8097 {
|
|
|
8098 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8099 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8100 #endif
|
|
|
8101 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8102 return NUL;
|
|
|
8103 }
|
|
|
8104 if (c != ESC)
|
|
|
8105 {
|
|
|
8106 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
8107 {
|
|
|
8108 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
8109 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
8110
|
|
|
8111 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
|
8112 {
|
|
|
8113 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
|
8114 * an ESC next */
|
|
|
8115 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
8116 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
8117 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
|
8118 }
|
|
|
8119 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8120 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
|
8121 #endif
|
|
|
8122 }
|
|
|
8123 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
8124 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
8125 cc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
8126 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
8127 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
8128 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
|
8129 {
|
|
|
8130 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
|
8131 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
|
8132 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8133 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8134 #endif
|
|
|
8135 return c;
|
|
|
8136 }
|
|
|
8137 }
|
|
|
8138 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
8139 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8140 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8141 #endif
|
|
|
8142 return NUL;
|
|
|
8143 }
|
|
|
8144 #endif
|
|
|
8145
|
|
|
8146 /*
|
|
|
8147 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
|
8148 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
|
8149 */
|
|
|
8150 static int
|
|
|
8151 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
|
8152 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
8153 {
|
|
|
8154 int c;
|
|
|
8155 int temp;
|
|
|
8156 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
|
8157
|
|
|
8158 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
8159 {
|
|
|
8160 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8161 return NUL;
|
|
|
8162 }
|
|
|
8163
|
|
|
8164 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
|
8165 temp = 0;
|
|
|
8166 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
8167 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
8168 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
8169 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
8170 {
|
|
|
8171 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
8172 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
|
8173 }
|
|
|
8174 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
8175 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
|
8176
|
|
|
8177 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8178 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
8179 #else
|
|
|
8180 c = *ptr;
|
|
|
8181 #endif
|
|
|
8182 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
8183 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8184 return c;
|
|
|
8185 }
|
|
|
8186
|
|
449
|
8187 /*
|
|
|
8188 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
8189 */
|
|
|
8190 static int
|
|
|
8191 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
|
|
|
8192 int tc;
|
|
|
8193 {
|
|
|
8194 int c = tc;
|
|
|
8195
|
|
|
8196 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
8197 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
8198 {
|
|
|
8199 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
|
8200 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
|
8201 else
|
|
|
8202 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
|
8203 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
8204 }
|
|
|
8205 else
|
|
|
8206 #endif
|
|
|
8207 {
|
|
|
8208 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
|
8209 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
8210 {
|
|
|
8211 long tw_save;
|
|
|
8212
|
|
|
8213 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
|
8214 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
|
8215 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
|
8216 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
|
8217 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
|
8218 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
8219 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
8220 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
|
8221 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8222 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
|
8223 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8224 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
8225 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8226 #endif
|
|
|
8227 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
|
8228 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
8229 }
|
|
|
8230 }
|
|
|
8231 return c;
|
|
|
8232 }
|
|
|
8233
|
|
7
|
8234 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8235 /*
|
|
|
8236 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
|
8237 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
|
8238 */
|
|
|
8239 static void
|
|
|
8240 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
|
8241 int c;
|
|
|
8242 {
|
|
|
8243 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
|
8244 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
8245 int i;
|
|
|
8246 int temp;
|
|
|
8247
|
|
|
8248 /*
|
|
|
8249 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
|
8250 */
|
|
|
8251 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
|
8252 {
|
|
|
8253 /*
|
|
|
8254 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
|
8255 */
|
|
|
8256 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
|
8257 {
|
|
|
8258 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8259 /*
|
|
|
8260 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
|
8261 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
|
8262 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
|
8263 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
|
8264 * lines -- webb
|
|
|
8265 */
|
|
|
8266 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
8267 i = pos->col;
|
|
|
8268 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
|
8269 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
|
8270 ;
|
|
|
8271 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
8272 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
8273 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
8274 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
|
8275 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
8276 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
8277 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8278 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8279 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
8280 else
|
|
|
8281 #endif
|
|
|
8282 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
8283 }
|
|
|
8284 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
8285 {
|
|
|
8286 /*
|
|
|
8287 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
|
8288 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
|
8289 */
|
|
|
8290 temp = TRUE;
|
|
|
8291 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8292 {
|
|
|
8293 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8294 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
8295 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8296 {
|
|
|
8297 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
|
8298
|
|
|
8299 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
|
8300 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
8301 break;
|
|
|
8302 }
|
|
|
8303 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
|
8304 temp = FALSE;
|
|
|
8305 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
8306 }
|
|
|
8307 if (temp)
|
|
|
8308 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
|
|
|
8309 }
|
|
|
8310 }
|
|
|
8311
|
|
|
8312 /*
|
|
|
8313 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
|
8314 */
|
|
|
8315 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
|
8316 {
|
|
|
8317 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
|
8318 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
8319 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
8320 }
|
|
|
8321
|
|
|
8322 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
|
8323 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
8324 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8325 }
|
|
|
8326 #endif
|
|
|
8327
|
|
|
8328 /*
|
|
|
8329 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
|
8330 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
8331 */
|
|
|
8332 static colnr_T
|
|
|
8333 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
|
8334 {
|
|
|
8335 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
8336 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8337 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
8338 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
8339 }
|
